ARCHIVÉ - Transcription
Cette page Web a été archivée dans le Web
L’information dont il est indiqué qu’elle est archivée est fournie à des fins de référence, de recherche ou de tenue de documents. Elle n’est pas assujettie aux normes Web du gouvernement du Canada et elle n’a pas été modifiée ou mise à jour depuis son archivage. Pour obtenir cette information dans un autre format, veuillez communiquer avec nous.
Offrir un contenu dans les deux langues officielles
Prière de noter que la Loi sur les langues officielles exige que toutes publications gouvernementales soient disponibles dans les deux langues officielles.
Afin de rencontrer certaines des exigences de cette loi, les procès-verbaux du Conseil seront dorénavant bilingues en ce qui a trait à la page couverture, la liste des membres et du personnel du CRTC participant à l'audience et la table des matières.
Toutefois, la publication susmentionnée est un compte rendu textuel des délibérations et, en tant que tel, est transcrite dans l'une ou l'autre des deux langues officielles, compte tenu de la langue utilisée par le participant à l'audience.
TRANSCRIPT OF PROCEEDINGS
BEFORE
THE CANADIAN
RADIO‑TELEVISION AND
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
TRANSCRIPTION DES AUDIENCES
AVANT
CONSEIL DE LA
RADIODIFFUSION
ET DES TÉLÉCOMMUNICATIONS
CANADIENNES
SUBJECT:
VARIOUS BROADCAST
APPLICATIONS /
PLUSIEURS DEMANDES
EN RADIODIFFUSION
HELD
AT:
TENUE À:
Metropolitan
Conference
Centre de conférence
Centre
Métropolitain
333
Fourth Avenue South West
333, Fourth Avenue Sud‑Ouest
Calgary,
Alberta
Calgary (Alberta)
February 27,
2006
Le 27 février 2006
Transcripts
In order to meet
the requirements of the Official Languages
Act, transcripts of
proceedings before the Commission will be
bilingual as to
their covers, the listing of the CRTC members
and staff attending
the public hearings, and the Table of
Contents.
However, the
aforementioned publication is the recorded
verbatim transcript
and, as such, is taped and transcribed in
either of the
official languages, depending on the language
spoken by the
participant at the public hearing.
Transcription
Afin de rencontrer
les exigences de la Loi sur les langues
officielles, les
procès‑verbaux pour le Conseil seront
bilingues en ce qui
a trait à la page couverture, la liste des
membres et du
personnel du CRTC participant à l'audience
publique ainsi que
la table des matières.
Toutefois, la
publication susmentionnée est un compte rendu
textuel des
délibérations et, en tant que tel, est enregistrée
et transcrite dans
l'une ou l'autre des deux langues
officielles, compte
tenu de la langue utilisée par le
participant à
l'audience publique.
Canadian Radio‑television
and
Telecommunications
Commission
Conseil de la radiodiffusion et
des
télécommunications
canadiennes
Transcript / Transcription
VARIOUS BROADCAST APPLICATIONS
/
PLUSIEURS DEMANDES EN
RADIODIFFUSION
BEFORE /
DEVANT:
Michel Arpin
Chairperson / Président
Helen del Val
Commissioner / Conseillère
Elizabeth
Duncan
Commissioner / Conseillère
Ronald
Williams
Commissioner / Conseillier
Stuart
Langford
Commissioner / Conseillier
ALSO PRESENT /
AUSSI PRÉSENTS:
Chantal
Boulet Secretary /
Secrétaire
Leanne Bennett
Legal Counsel /
Conseillère
juridique
Steve Parker
Hearing Manager /
Gérant de
l'audience
HELD AT:
TENUE À:
Metropolitan
Conference
Centre de conférence
Centre
Métropolitain
333 Fourth Avenue
South West
333, Fourth Avenue Sud‑Ouest
Calgary,
Alberta
Calgary (Alberta)
February 27,
2006
Le 27 février 2006
TABLE DES MATIÈRES / TABLE OF
CONTENTS
PAGE / PARA
PHASE
I
PRESENTATION BY /
PRÉSENTATION BY:
Golden West
Broadcasting Ltd. 1380 / 8727
Vista Radio
Ltd. 1427 / 9028
Newcap Inc. 1498 /
9411
1182743 Alberta
Ltd. 1544 / 9671
Touch Canada
Broadcasting Inc. 1590 / 9899
PHASE
II
INTERVENTION BY /
INTERVENTION PAR:
Vista Radio
Ltd. 1670 / 10566
Gelden West
Broadcasting Ltd. 1678 /
10621
PHASE
III
INTERVENTION BY /
INTERVENTION PAR:
Jim Pattison
Broadcast Group 1682 /
10649
PHASE
IV
REPLY BY / RÉPLIQUE
PAR:
Touch Canada
Broadcasting Inc. 1707 /
10807
1182743 Alberta
Ltd. 1711 / 10836
Newcap Inc. 1718 / 10875
Vista Radio
Ltd. 1729 / 10934
Golden West
Broadcasting Ltd. 1732 /
10952
Calgary Alberta / Calgary
(Alberta)
‑‑‑ Upon resuming
on Monday, February 27, 2006
at 0900 / L'audience reprend
le lundi
27 fevrier 2006 à
0900
8719 THE CHAIRPERSON: Order, please.
8720 Again, welcome to
everybody here at this hearing for our review of the Lethbridge
application.
8721 I'm asking the
secretary to introduce the item.
Thank you.
8722 THE SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr.
Chairman.
8723 Good morning,
everyone.
8724 We will now proceed
with the competing radio applications for the Lethbridge market. We will be following the four‑phase
process, therefore, we are now ready to start with item 14 on the agenda, which
are applications by Golden West Broadcasting Limited to acquire the assets of
the radio programming undertaking CJTS‑FM, an English‑language specialty FM
radio station at Lethbridge, from Spirit Broadcasting Limited, and to amend the
licence by changing the frequency from 97.1 MHz, channel 246LP, to 98.1 MHz,
channel 252B, and to change the authorized contours by increasing the effective
radiated power from 50 watts to 20,000 watts by increasing the antenna height
and by relocating the transmitter, non‑directional antenna, antenna height 174.3
metres.
8725 Appearing for the
applicant is Mr. Elmer Hildebrand.
Mr. Hildebrand will introduce his colleagues, and then have 20 minutes
for his presentation.
8726 Mr.
Hildebrand.
PRESENTATION /
PRÉSENTATION
8727 MR. HILDEBRAND: Thank you.
8728 Mr. Chairman, members
of the Commission and Commission staff, my name is Elmer Hildebrand, president
and CEO of Golden West Broadcasting.
8729 With me is Lyndon
Friesen, executive vice‑president of Golden West, and Terry Fleming, founder and
owner of Spirit Broadcasting Ltd., operating CJTS‑FM in
Lethbridge.
8730 The application before
you today is for Golden West to acquire assets of Spirit FM and to amend the
licence so as to authorize an increase in the power of the existing radio
stations to service the community more
effectively.
8731 Terry Fleming will now
provide a brief update on the reasons for the sale transaction and Lyndon
Friesen will briefly outline our plans.
8732 MR. FLEMING: Thank you, Mr.
Hildebrand.
8733 I established Spirit FM
just over five years ago, going into our sixth year now, in Lethbridge, with a
unique gospel music format. And
even though we are an LPF, a low‑power operation, it may not be perfect, but we
have a very receptive audience, and growing all the time, in Lethbridge for this
radio station.
8734 Over the years, we have
had various employees and volunteers help us with the radio station to keep it
going; however, it has not been a financial success and has been a bit of a
struggle that way. Although on the
air for almost six years, it's been a very heavy struggle.
8735 For health reasons, I
have moved to the west coast, and that's where I am at the moment, although I
travel back and forth quite frequently to oversee the radio
station.
8736 I found it very
difficult to maintain staff from that place, even though I go back and forth
quite a bit, and, therefore, for the financial and health reasons, I need to
sell the radio station.
8737 Now, we wanted very
badly to have the radio station stay on the air providing the specialty music
format to Lethbridge. My
discussions with Mr. Hildebrand, of Golden West, dates back approximately 15
months and resulted in the transaction that is proposed before you today.
8738 Golden West has
committed to keeping the existing format, which made us very happy, and taking
it to a new level, which gave me a lot of comfort and to conclude the
arrangement of this sale.
8739 MR. FRIESEN: We feel very confident that Golden West
will be able to not only maintain, but improve, the existing specialty radio
service to Lethbridge.
8740 Two years ago, we
purchased radio station CHVN‑FM in Winnipeg. This station has a format much like
Spirit FM and we have been able to develop that station into a vibrant and
viable radio station.
8741 The experience we have
had at CHVN will help us greatly in building a solid and professional operation
in Lethbridge.
8742 MR. HILDEBRAND: The second part of the application is to
amend the licence by changing the frequency from 97.1 to 98.1 and to increase
the effective radiated power to 20,000 watts. The amendment will enable us to provide
a solid and consistent signal to Lethbridge and surrounding
areas.
8743 Our application will
not basically alter the existing radio market in Lethbridge. The city is well‑served by four other
private radio stations operated by Rogers and Pattison. In addition, there's a university radio
station, and there's also two commercial television stations, plus a gospel
television station, which is also selling sponsorships in the
market.
8744 We will, however, bring
the Golden West community service radio tradition to the market and, as a
result, the overall radio service to Lethbridge will be enhanced. We will obviously add to the news
operation and the overall local service will, I think, be improved
significantly.
8745 We will work actively
with gospel bands and music groups promoting their brand of music. We will be able to share the music with
our existing gospel music station in Manitoba, so that will give us a larger
library.
8746 Our financial
projections are modest and should have no negative impact on the existing
broadcasters in Lethbridge.
8747 Mr. Chairman, that
concludes our remarks and we will be happy to answer any
questions.
8748 THE CHAIRMAN: Thank you very much, Mr.
Hildebrand.
8749 For those who weren't
here last week, I'm hearing the headset to make sure that I really get
everything that is said. It's not
because I'm listening to the translation, it's only for enhance the quality of
the sound.
8750 My first questions will
be for you, Mr. Fleming.
8751 As you know, the
Commission is always concerned when an acquisition is taking place during the
first licence term. I heard you
earlier saying that your personal health situation was an impairment at looking
at the operation on a day‑to‑day basis, and that alone had a negative financial
impact on the operation of the stations.
8752 My first question is
those are the accurate and factual reasons for which you have decided to sell
the station?
8753 MR. FLEMING: Yes, sir, it is.
8754 THE CHAIRMAN: Okay. For the record, have you received other
offers to purchase the station, other than the one you had received from Golden
West?
8755 MR. FLEMING: Yes, sir, I have received a few, but
nothing in cement.
8756 THE CHAIRMAN: Okay. Thank you.
8757 Finally, if the
Commission was to either deny the change of frequency or the increase of power,
or even deny totally the Golden West application, you obviously understand that
if the increase in power was not approved that Golden West will not do the
acquisition, what will happen to the station if the Commission was to deny the
Golden West application?
8758 MR. FLEMING: Well, that's a question, sir, to be very
up‑front and honest, I'm not prepared for, but I would imagine that we would
have to continue on as best we could, under the circumstances. With the financial way it is and, of
course, with the various radio stations and media and so on in the area, which
eats up a pretty big chunk of the pie, I would have to cross that bridge when I
came to it.
8759 THE CHAIRMAN: Okay.
8760 Now, I'm moving my
questions to the principals of Golden West, and my first question has to do
with ‑‑
‑‑‑
Pause
8761 THE CHAIRMAN: Mr. Hildebrand, do you have documented
evidence supporting the rationale behind your decision to request technical
amendments to change from a lower power service to a full‑power
FM?
8762 There have been some
intervenors who have written saying that the signal of the station, the actual
power, is sufficient to cover Lethbridge and the surrounding ‑‑ up to 15
kilometres around Lethbridge. So my
question to you is: have you
undertaken any study to determine that it was absolutely necessary to upgrade to
full power?
8763 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, I think since low power doesn't
provide for any protection from anywhere, it is not really a sound business
practice to go into an arrangement where you don't have a protected
frequency. The signal certainly is
usable, but it's not consistent in the area. From our perspective, there were a
number of frequencies that could be used, and we felt that at the modest power
of 20,000 watts this would be the best way to serve the
community.
8764 THE CHAIRMAN: Obviously, you could have asked for,
say, an increase from 50 to 250 watts, and then you will have moved from an
unprotected frequency to a protected frequency, but keeping almost the same
quality of signal and the same coverage area.
8765 MR. HILDEBRAND: Surely we could have done that, but we
felt, on a business basis, it made a little more sense to provide the service to
the surrounding area as well.
8766 One of the things that
has been happening in this station is it is getting inquiries from people in the
periphery to listen to the station because they like the format. From a Golden West perspective, it makes
sense to have a little more solid signal than the 250 that might be
possible.
8767 THE CHAIRMAN: You have suggested that CJTS, in its
existing form, is not viable as a business model. What evidence do you have to suggest
that your commercial business plan is not achievable at a low
power?
8768 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, I mean, I don't know that we
really have that answer for you, Mr. Chairman, but I think as we go forward,
from a Golden West perspective, we are inclined to operate with somewhat more
power. At the end of the day, if
the Commission would decide, in their wisdom, that it wasn't possible to do
this, and that we should operate at a lower power, I'm sure we could accommodate
that.
8769 THE CHAIRMAN: Okay. You have indicated in your application,
and I heard Mr. Friesen saying a few words about it, that you will employ
similar strategies that you are currently using at CHVN‑FM in
Winnipeg.
8770 Could you elaborate on
these business plan strategies? I'm
not talking here the program aim, I'm only restricting myself to the business
plan operation strategies, and their success, in the context of
CHVN?
8771 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, again, CHVN's signal actually
covers a large geographical area.
We have found that the format has a receptive audience and we have been
able to build the business significantly since we took over the radio
station. Again, we have found that
it isn't really interfering with any of the other radio stations in the market
because of the specialty format, the niche audience that it has, yet, there is
sufficient business interest in the audience that we have been able to increase
the advertising revenue steadily.
Our sense is that we will be able to do the same thing
here.
8772 One of the difficulties
that the radio station has had up to now is, as Mr. Fleming indicated, he has
been commuting back and forth between Lethbridge and the coast. It's hard to really maintain a stable
management process in that environment, and so that to hire people and to get
them to stay in the environment has been a challenge for him. As he also indicated, many of the
employees at the radio station actually work on a voluntary
basis.
8773 Our plan is to set the
station up on a pure business model, similar to what we have at CHVN in southern
Manitoba. We are very confident
that in that way we can not only provide a service to the community, but to make
the radio station viable and to provide some long‑term career opportunities in
the community of Lethbridge.
8774 THE CHAIRMAN: Thank you.
8775 You have indicated that
year one projected revenues will be derived primarily from advertisers that
currently advertise in CJTS.
8776 What evidence do you
have to support that assumption that the existing advertisers are willing to
substantially increase their advertising budget to support their service? Because I know that you are viewing that
the incumbent radio stations will not be affected by your increased power and
that you will mainly develop either new business or increase budgets from those
who are already advertising.
8777 And a subquestion only,
and maybe Mr. Fleming could answer to that more than you, is the current
advertising on your stations the same ones that are on the other four FM
stations in the market?
8778 MR. FLEMING: I would say, sir, that there are some,
yes, but there are certainly many advertisers that have a specific place that
they want to advertise on this particular Christian format station that are
very, very loyal and, as Mr. Hildebrand said, very few of them are going to be
split.
8779 We do have some split,
naturally, that want to advertise on the secular radio station and CJTS, as
well, so, yes, there are some ‑‑
8780 THE CHAIRMAN: There are some.
8781 MR. FLEMING: ‑‑
but many of them are not.
8782 MR. HILDEBRAND: One of the things I might add here, Mr.
Chairman, during my visits to the community, and talking to advertisers, one of
the difficulties that the radio station has today is, because the sales account
people turn over constantly, so there is a very short‑term lifespan, advertisers
have told me that they don't really even get to know the person before they are
gone and it's hard to develop a relationship going
forward.
8783 So our business model
has always been that we put in place solid sales people, that are there for the
long run and that develop relationships with advertisers and, as a result, we
then turn that into a long‑term business relationship with clients. That's why we are very confident, when
we look at the list of advertisers that the station's had over the past five
years, that all we really need is to develop those on a consistent basis, and
that would already meet our budgets.
8784 The other thing I think
it is important to realize that our budgets are modest. We are not looking to carve out a huge
piece of the Lethbridge market.
That's why, also, we are confident that we are not going to impact any of
the other broadcasters in the market.
8785 THE CHAIRMAN: Thank you.
8786 We will now move to
programming.
8787 You have provided some
information regarding the type of local and spoken‑word programming you will
offer on CJTS. In part, you
indicated that you will maintain CJTS's current commitments over the next full
term of licence.
8788 As part of the original
licensing decision in 2000, CJTS committed to broadcast local and national news,
weather, sports, community events, announcements, artists interviews and public
interest stories.
8789 Could you provide us
with more information on the type of local reflections, spoke word you will
offer on CJTS? In particular, I am
interested in the type of local news programming you will carry and the amount
of time per week you will devote to news and related
surveillance.
8790 MR. HILDEBRAND: Maybe I will ask Lyndon Friesen to,
first of all, outline our whole news philosophy and
process.
8791 MR. FRIESEN: All of our radio stations in our entire
business model, we tell our staff, and we sell it hard, and then we also stick
with, that our relevance to any of these communities is only when we provide
just a huge level of local news, local information, local sports. There's too many other options out
there, we tell them, that they can listen to. So since that is our foundation,
we build it from there.
8792 So Lethbridge will be
no different than that. We are
going to provide a local news service that is very similar to other Golden West
radio stations, that includes a local surveillance team that will actually be in
the community gathering local interest information and stories and providing
that for our listeners.
8793 That, again, is our
whole reason for existence, and we are only relevant if we can do that
well.
8794 THE CHAIRMAN: Generally speaking, how much time do you
dedicate, say, to the local information?
8795 MR. HILDEBRAND: We would be using local information
almost exclusively, with a 60‑second national and international update on the
top of the hour, at the newscast.
But we would envision that we would have newscasts hourly between 6 and
10 a.m., between 12 and 2, again between 4 and 6, and then we would have
newscasts on the half‑hour, as 7:30, 8:30 and 12:30, and 5:30. This would be predominantly Lethbridge
and area news and information, sports and weather surveillance would obviously
be going continuously.
8796 THE CHAIRMAN: What is the duration of those
newscasts?
8797 MR. HILDEBRAND: The newscasts, on the hour, they would
run between three and four minutes and on the half‑hour would be five
minutes.
8798 THE CHAIRMAN: Five‑minute
newscasts.
8799 What about the
weekend?
8800 MR. HILDEBRAND: We would have newscasts on the weekends,
as well.
8801 Our news operation goes
24/7, so that we would not go on automation for the weekend. We tend to think that the radio station
should answer the phone on the weekend, as well as during the
week.
8802 THE CHAIRMAN: And outside the period that you gave me,
6 a.m. to 7 p.m., if there is a major event, obviously, there will be staff at
the station?
8803 MR. HILDEBRAND: Oh, yeah, we would still have updates in
the evening, as well, but we wouldn't have the same complement of news people in
the evening as we would during the day.
Most of it would be happening in the day. We would still have news updates in the
evening, as well, but probably not overnight.
8804 THE CHAIRMAN: How many people are you planning to have
in your news department?
8805 MR. HILDEBRAND: We are planning to have three people in
our news department.
8806 THE CHAIRMAN: News department.
8807 MR. HILDEBRAND: Right.
8808 THE CHAIRMAN: That will include a director
or ‑‑
8809 MR. HILDEBRAND: Yes.
8810 THE CHAIRMAN: But who
also ‑‑
8811 MR. HILDEBRAND: But he would also be on the ‑‑ or
she would also be on the air.
8812 THE CHAIRMAN: I see. Okay.
8813 You have indicated that
the local programming you will offer on CJTS will be similar to what is offered
in Winnipeg.
8814 Could you tell us a
little more about the types of local reflection and spoken word that are
currently offered on CHVN?
8815 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, in addition to the news and
surveillance that I have already talked about, we also get heavily involved with
musical groups that are appearing in the community, in the area, and so we would
be not only highlighting their music, but we would be talking to the artists and
get them involved with our audience.
8816 We would be involved
with pretty well everything that moves in Lethbridge. We would be providing news and
information to all of the civil and public and university outlets, as well. So we would be involved, basically, with
the entire community, which sort of is rolled up in our community service
slogan, and so that we would make it a full‑service radio
station.
8817 THE CHAIRMAN: And you will be sharing programs with
CHVN?
8818 MR. HILDEBRAND: We wouldn't be sharing necessarily
programming, but we would be sharing music. In CHVN, we have developed a number of
musical talent nights, where we have anywhere from six to eight musical groups
performing, and then the top group is awarded a prize of a CD that we helped
them make. So we would certainly be
using music from CHVN in Lethbridge, but we wouldn't be ‑‑ otherwise you
are sharing information.
8819 But the biggest piece
that we can probably provide is the infrastructure that our company has in
place, so that we have administrative and traffic and creative and all of those
services available. And that would,
again, enable us to provide service at a more professional level in Lethbridge
than we would otherwise be able to do.
8820 THE CHAIRMAN: In increasing to full power, obviously,
currently the station is serving specifically Lethbridge, and it's core area,
but in extending with full power, obviously, you will be covering some
communities like Taber, Fort Macleod, Coaldale, Raymond.
8821 MR. HILDEBRAND: Right.
8822 THE CHAIRMAN: Have you any specific plan regarding
servicing these communities?
8823 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, again, we would provide service
there, as well. You would obviously
be secondary to Lethbridge, because Lethbridge is the core that we are looking
for, but the specialty part of our music would also appeal to some of those
areas and is appealing now. The
station is getting calls from Coaldale, for example, that the signal is spotty,
they can hear it sometimes, not all the time.
8824 If there are events
taking place in those communities that are in line with our format, we would
certainly be covering those, as well, and we would be happy to provide the same
kind of overall service to the entire region that we are
covering.
8825 THE CHAIRMAN: Now, we will move towards religious
programming, and, obviously, the notion of balanced programming that comes with
it.
8826 As you know, the
Commission has set out a policy on religious programming and I need to get
further information from you.
8827 In your deficiency
reply of October 28th, you have stated that you will not offer religious
programming as defined in the religious broadcasting policy. In the same letter, you agreed to accept
to operate under the standard condition of licence requiring the provisions of
balance and ethics in religious programming.
8828 Brokered spoken‑word
programming, such as Focus on the Family, Insights for Living, Adventures in
Odyssey, Back to the Bible and Prophesy for Today are programming staples on a
number of Golden West stations, such as CHRB, in High River. As well, programming information
supplied on CHDM‑FM website shows that brokered programming, such as Focus on
the Family, Insights for Living and Adventures in Odyssey are also here on the
Winnipeg station.
8829 Do you plan to offer
these types of brokered spoken‑word programs on CJTS? Given the station's Christian music
format, they will seem to be a natural fit.
8830 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, first of all, referring to CHVN,
those programs that you refer to are not on between 6 a.m. and midnight. They are broadcast between midnight and
6 a.m. So, for the record, that's
what we have been doing there.
8831 The station was doing
that when we purchased it, and so we have left those in place, but we have not
been airing any, as you referred to it, brokered programming between 6 a.m. and
midnight. The same plan would be in
place for Lethbridge. We really are
seeing this as a music‑based radio station and we wouldn't be looking to carry
those programs during the day parts.
8832 THE CHAIRMAN: I appreciate the fact that these
programs are not carried during the defined broadcast day of the regulations,
but the religious policy states that the notion of balanced programming applies
on the 168 hours a week rather than the 126 hours a week. So even if they are carried outside the
broadcast day, these programs are still under the purview of the religious
programming policy and the balanced programming policy.
8833 So my question to you
is were you aware that they were covered by the existing
policy?
8834 MR. HILDEBRAND: Yes.
8835 THE CHAIRMAN: You were.
8836 Now, that it seems that
you ‑‑ well, you surely have agreed to operate under the standard
conditions regarding balance, so what are your plans regarding balanced
programming, if you accept that these programs are to be considered as being
religious programs and they are covered by the
policy?
8837 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, if they are other programs that
are interested in the midnight to 6 time block that would require further
balance, we would be happy to consider that.
8838 From my knowledge,
there haven't been any inquiries for additional programs,
so...
8839 THE CHAIRMAN: But the policy also states that it's not
only making available program time, that is it's not only waiting for somebody
to knock at your door and say, "I want to have broadcast time", but also the
policy strongly suggests that you selected the other, say, group to make use of
your airways. Have you done that in
Winnipeg?
8840 MR. HILDEBRAND: Not really, no, but I guess we basically
are reflecting the community, and our efforts are always to reflect the
community that we serve. We think
we have done that reasonably well.
8841 THE CHAIRMAN: Now, how much of the spoken‑word
programming that you will devote to balanced programming, in terms of ‑‑
I'm trying to figure out ‑‑ well, I know that the programs that you
have ‑‑ are they daily programs, Focus on the Family, Insight for Living
and ‑‑
8842 MR. HILDEBRAND: They are Monday to
Friday.
8843 THE CHAIRMAN: They are Monday to Friday. They an hour each?
8844 MR. HILDEBRAND: No,
half‑hour.
8845 THE CHAIRMAN: Half an hour.
8846 MR. HILDEBRAND: The ones you refer to are
half‑hour.
8847 THE CHAIRMAN: So we are talking here five hours of
programming that will fall into the religious programming category at this
stage ‑‑
8848 MR. HILDEBRAND: Right.
8849 THE CHAIRMAN: ‑‑
now. Okay.
8850 Could you comment on
the possibility that the Commission impose your condition of licence requiring
you to do a minimum amount of balanced programming?
8851 MR. HILDEBRAND: Sure, it wouldn't be an
issue.
8852 THE CHAIRMAN: It won't be an
issue.
8853 Okay, thank you very
much for this discussion. We will
now talk about your CTD plans, and, as well, we will speak regarding tangible
benefit in the same section.
8854 The Commission needs
your help to clarify the various components and replies you have provided
regarding CTD and tangible benefits.
Let me start first with the CTD.
8855 In various replies you
have mentioned that you are accepting all the conditions of licence currently
imposed to Spirit Broadcasting. One
of them, condition of licence no. 5, deals with an annual minimum contribution
of $2,600 towards CTD.
8856 According to our
records, which, in a letter dated January 12th, you agreed there are still four
$2,600 contributions that are due before the current licence expires in August
31, 2007. The two obviously are
this year and next year and the previous years' contribution has been
disallowed, as you know.
8857 So the Commission is
expecting that this $10,400 commitment be executed over the next 18 months. Do you agree with that
statement?
8858 MR. HILDEBRAND: Yes. I think in one of our letters, in
discussions with Commission staff, I said whatever shortcoming there were in the
current period, we would make up in ‑‑ if the application was approved, we
would make that up in the current licence term.
8859 THE CHAIRMAN: Fine.
8860 In your application,
you stated that were recommending $1,000 per year towards CTD. In a letter dated October 28, 2005, you
mention that the funding was to go to the promotion and to the assistance of
local music groups. In the same
paragraph, you also mentioned that the $1,000 cash contribution was to go
towards a scholarship at a local education institution.
8861 For the record, are we
talking here of two different $1,000 contribution or is it the same
one?
8862 MR. HILDEBRAND: No, it would be two different ones, and
these would be minimums.
8863 As we outlined in an
earlier application, what we have been able to do with local musical groups, we
have been able to sponsor concerts with them, and also then get CDs made and, in
some cases, actually market it.
8864 So these would be
minimums for CTD. We would expect
to do considerably more.
8865 THE CHAIRMAN: Okay. Now, as you are aware, in order to be
accepted, the CTD initiatives, they have to meet certain eligibility
requirements. So what types of
studies will the $1,000 scholarship funding support? You are saying that a bursary will be
granted to a student in a local ‑‑
8866 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, it will be done through the
school, obviously, and we will make sure that they are qualified under the CTD
guidelines.
8867 THE CHAIRMAN: Is there a journalism program at, say,
the Lethbridge university?
8868 MR. HILDEBRAND: Yes, there is, but we would tend to try
to put the CTD contributions to music rather than journalism, but that would be
an option. But we have done this in
other markets, where we provided scholarships to musical groups at various high
schools or colleges that we have been able to make sure that they qualify for
third‑party regulations, and we would do the same thing
here.
8869 But I think want to
emphasize that the numbers that we have in our application are minimums. We will, without a doubt, do
significantly more.
8870 THE CHAIRMAN: How will the successful recipient be
chosen? He will be chosen by the
school?
8871 MR. HILDEBRAND: We have a process where we meet with
them and the directors of the band or the musical groups, and we do that in
consultation with them. In some
communities there are also competitions, and there's a process that then works
from there.
8872 THE CHAIRMAN: Who will be responsible for
administrating the fund?
8873 MR. HILDEBRAND: That is something that falls into my
purview, and that's part of ‑‑ most of my duties have been taken over by
other people in our company, but I continue to look after CTD so that I can
give ‑‑
8874 THE CHAIRMAN: That one.
8875 MR. HILDEBRAND: Yeah, so I give you assurance that we
will do that. I need to have
something to do, too.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
8876 THE CHAIRMAN: Regarding now the talent that you want
to promote and assist, the music groups, how will they be
selected?
8877 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, I mean, I think each market is a
little different. I mean, I refer
again to what we did at CHVN in Winnipeg.
In the fall, we had a series of Saturday night concerts, with musical
groups from across the area. Then,
there was a competition and an run‑off, and then that culminated in a final
concert, where we actually have an over‑sold crowd. It resulted in a winner, which then
resulted in the production of a CD and a distribution of the
CD.
8878 So the whole process
gets a lot of attraction and gets a lot of airplay on the radio station. And it really, really makes the musical
groups very, very happy because in most cases these are musical groups that
would not ever get any exposure on a major market broadcaster because they don't
necessarily fit a format.
8879 We are of the opinion
that if they are local, then we can work them into our format in some way. We
try to support them, and we found that is a very, very satisfying
process.
8880 THE CHAIRMAN: They will not necessarily be groups that
are singing hymns or doing Christian music?
8881 MR. HILDEBRAND: We wouldn't see them as hymns, no. They may still be in their mind gospel,
but they wouldn't fall into the category of "Shall We Gather at the
River".
8882 THE CHAIRMAN: In the same October 28th, 2005 letter,
in your paragraph 1 (c), you wrote that,
"We will
adhere to the existing conditions of licence 1, 2, 3 and 5 for a new full
licensed term." (As
read)
8883 Condition of licence
no. 5 deals with an annual minimum contribution of $2,600 for CTD. So are we talking here about two times
$1,000, plus one time $2,600?
8884 MR. HILDEBRAND: Yes, we
are.
8885 THE CHAIRMAN: So it's a commitment for
$4,600 ‑‑
8886 MR. HILDEBRAND: Right.
8887 THE CHAIRMAN: ‑‑
toward CTD that we are talking here.
8888 What type of
initiatives will Golden West undertake with the other
$2,600?
8889 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, I think what we will do there is
to do what we have done in southern Manitoba ‑‑ I keep referring to
that ‑‑ where we will set more concerts into place that will develop more
CDs. Our plan is always to give the
artist more exposure.
8890 The other thing that we
will be doing is we will be carry a weekly half‑hour musical program that will
be featuring musical groups and bands from southern Alberta, and, again, the
best of those will be put into a production CD.
8891 So there's more than
ample opportunity to spend this money.
What find in most areas, we actually end up spending
more.
8892 THE CHAIRMAN: I see.
8893 Now, I will move
towards tangible benefits.
8894 In your June 20th, 2005
reply to deficiency, you stated that,
"If the
Commission deems it appropriate to impose the 6 percent fee on this transaction,
we will reluctantly agree."
(As
read)
8895 My first question to
you is: why will you reluctantly
agree?
8896 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, I think, in my discussion with the
Commission staff, the annual return filed by the licensee showed that this
station had a modest profit, but that took into account that more than half of
the employees were working as volunteers.
8897 In our case, obviously,
we would be paying everyone, we wouldn't be dealing with volunteers, and so my
point was that, on a normal business basis, this station was really operating
heavily in the red if those things would be paid for.
8898 From that perspective,
it was hard to come to the conclusion that the station was profitable. However, since this may be a grey area,
I made the comment that if the Commission feels
that ‑‑
8899 THE CHAIRMAN: In its
wisdom.
8900 MR. HILDEBRAND:
‑‑ in its wisdom would feel that this is now deemed to be profitable, we
would agree to that and pay the 6 percent.
8901 THE CHAIRMAN: I noted in the annual return that, Mr.
Fleming, you reported having five employees. Is that accurate?
8902 MR. FLEMING: No, sir, it's not, no. We have two full‑time and three
part‑time and about three volunteers.
8903 THE CHAIRMAN: But, finally, you end up ‑‑ well,
obviously, the part‑time, are they half‑time or ‑‑
8904 MR. FLEMING: Very much so, yes.
8905 THE CHAIRMAN: So we will say that you have
three‑and‑a‑half full‑time employees, and other
volunteers.
8906 Mr. Hildebrand, how
many employees are you contemplating for ‑‑
8907 MR. HILDEBRAND: We would contemplate to have around 10
employees on a full‑time basis, plus the back‑up infrastructure from Golden
West. These employees would
basically be news people, on‑air people and sales people.
8908 THE CHAIRMAN: I see. And the back office is provided out
of ‑‑
8909 MR. HILDEBRAND: Is provided out of Altona and Steinbach,
in Manitoba, where all of the traffic, the creative and the production and the
overall administration for all of our stations in the prairies, is handled out
of there.
8910 THE CHAIRMAN: Fine.
8911 If the Commission was
to determine that it's tangible benefits policy was to apply, what type of
initiative other than ‑‑ obviously there are contributions that are deemed
to go to FACTOR, and another one, too, Starmaker, but for the remaining part
which type of activities will you contemplate?
8912 MR. HILDEBRAND: We would contemplate, first of all, the
FACTOR and Starmaker Fund and the money that we would send to FACTOR, we would
try and earmark that they send it back to use in Alberta or Saskatchewan, or
somewhere in the prairies, and not spend it in eastern
Canada.
8913 The third part, we
would like use an organization called Avanti Records, who are in the process
of ‑‑ they organize concerts, do CDs and produce records, and so they are
in the genre that we work in. So
that's an area that we would likely use the rest of the tangible benefits, if
you so deemed it was necessary.
8914 THE CHAIRMAN: My next question is purely on technical
grounds.
8915 Where is currently the
transmitter located, on which tower?
I notice that there are two towers?
8916 MR. FLEMING: Sir, it's currently on top of the
Lethbridge Centre, in the centre of Lethbridge, in the middle of
town.
8917 THE CHAIRMAN: In the middle of
the town?
8918 MR. FLEMING: Yes.
8919 THE CHAIRMAN: I notice through the various
documentation that I have, there are two existing transmitting sites, one
operated by the CBC and the other one operated by CKUA. I deducted from reading your ‑‑
looking at the maps that were prepared by your engineer, Mr. Hildebrand, that
you are going to be going to the CBC transmitting site.
8920 MR. HILDEBRAND: That's our plan,
yes.
8921 THE CHAIRMAN: That's your plan.
8922 I haven't seen in the
application a letter of confirmation from the CBC agreeing
to ‑‑
8923 MR. HILDEBRAND: D.E.M. ALLEN have that
document.
8924 THE CHAIRMAN: D.E.M.
ALLEN.
8925 MR. HILDEBRAND: If it's not in your files, I will get it
to you.
8926 THE CHAIRMAN: Well, will you ask D.E.M. ALLEN to
provide it for us?
8927 MR. HILDEBRAND: Yes.
8928 THE CHAIRMAN: Now, also, I notice, looking at the
financials that you have allocated for capital expenditures, that you have
allocated $50,000 for transmission.
Then, when I'm looking at the others that are planning to go on the CBC
tower, they have a much greater amount.
I think it seems to be a much bigger proposition than what you are
contemplating.
8929 If it costs much more
than what you think you have committed in your application, are you ready to
make that investment?
8930 MR. HILDEBRAND: Yes, we are.
8931 THE CHAIRMAN: Because we are maybe talking here
ten‑fold that money. I don't
know.
8932 MR. HILDEBRAND: No, it certainly wouldn't. We have been doing these kind of things
in other towers, where we have been leasing space, and, yeah, we haven't had any
difficulty with that. As a matter
of fact, we have some CBC leases now, and we know what they
are.
8933 THE CHAIRMAN: Now, I move that one of the comments
that was received from an intervenor, because I checked the file and I noticed
that you didn't provide any comments or reply to Mr. Eric Cadman in
intervention, but he strongly opposed the increase in power, suggesting that the
Commission, in the past ‑‑ and he mentions particularly Medicine Hat, where
the Commission has denied the power upgrade, and he's opposing your application
on similar grounds, claiming that you are coming through the back door and using
a financial negative situation only to get in the market.
8934 Do you have comments on
that?
8935 MR. HILDEBRAND: Yeah, I don't ‑‑ I haven't received
that letter from the gentleman you refer to, so I don't have a comment on
that. But, again, we feel that we
have a service that we are willing to provide, there is a service in the
community of Lethbridge now that is in some peril, and we feel that the
arrangement that we have proposed not only will ensure that service is
maintained in the long run, but will also be enhanced.
8936 THE CHAIRMAN: Well, we are slowly moving towards the
end of your appearance.
8937 If the Commission was
to authorize your application, as well as another, which one will have the less
negative impact on your business plan, and why?
8938 MR. HILDEBRAND: That will be a very hard question to
answer.
8939 First of all, I mean
the Commission will have to determine the merits of the other applicants. I think, as I indicated in my opening
remarks, the City of Lethbridge, at 75,000, is already well‑served by a large
number of broadcasters and the southern part of Alberta isn't growing in the
same way that some of the other parts of Alberta are growing. So it would seem to me that the number
of radio stations and televisions stations serving the market at this point may
be adequate.
8940 So that our point has
been, when we filed the application, we were certainly not looking to open the
market to a call, we were looking mainly to continue the service that was
already being provided, and to do it in a somewhat better
manner.
8941 I don't think that we
are in a good position to say here today which of the other applicants we would
support, because, obviously, if we said this one's better than that one, then we
would be providing support for them.
8942 My hope would be that
the Commission can deal with this particular application to leave the market as
it is, and if the market grows in the future maybe more stations could be added
at that time. But at this point, it
seems to me that it might make sense to not over‑license the
market.
8943 THE CHAIRMAN: Thank you.
8944 Mr. Langford wants to
ask you questions.
8945 MR. LANGFORD: Thank you.
8946 Just a couple of
questions on format. Has this
station been a gospel station, as described today, for its whole time, its whole
five years?
8947 MR. FLEMING: Yes, sir, it has.
8948 MR. LANGFORD: Do you have any idea what the
listenership to this station is?
8949 MR. FLEMING: Well, we are not subscribers to BBM, but
we are subscribers to the University of Alberta, that's done three surveys for
us. We think they are a very
in‑depth survey, with usually five or six people on the survey doing it, the
merits are just incredible and we believe in it, and we are told that we have a
15‑and‑a‑half percent share of the market.
8950 MR. LANGFORD: Now, one of the other applicants did a
study by Ipsos Reid on the listening patterns, because they are looking ‑‑
the applicant is Touch, and they are looking to compete with you in the market,
and they found ‑‑ and I make no comment on how they did this. They polled 300 people by
telephone ‑‑ and we have heard of Ipsos Reid, but I give no guarantees for
their work, I'm simply quoting what I find here on page 6 of their study, which
is on the public record ‑‑ and they found that 1 percent of listeners
polled identified Spirit FM, CJTS 97.1, as their favourite
station.
8951 MR. HILDEBRAND: If I could comment on that, I think that
though the station hasn't been a member of BBM, BBM has been serving the market
over the years. From my position in
the industry, I have been able to certainly see some of the numbers that BBM has
had for the market, and they would be more in line with the Ipsos Reid figure
than the University of Lethbridge figures that may have been used,
so...
8952 The station, obviously,
it doesn't have a huge audience in the market, nor do I think that in our
environment it would have a huge audience in the market. The format isn't designed to have a mass
audience, and I don't think it ever will.
8953 Again, if we keep going
back to our station in southern Manitoba, which is similar, it may get into the
5 percent range, but it's not going to be a huge factor in the market. Nor will it likely be in
Lethbridge.
8954 MR. LANGFORD: So it brings me to the chair's final
line of questioning with regard to competition. I'm not asking your to play favourites,
but I am asking you to make a reasonable business decision for
me.
8955 What kind of an impact
in this sort of market would The Touch FM application, which wants to play
gospel music, have?
8956 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, by and large, we looked at their
application and we see it almost duplicating what we do, and so we don't really
see that it is necessary to license another station that's
similar.
8957 In our letter of
intervention we did outline that ‑‑
8958 MR. LANGFORD: M'hm.
8959 MR. HILDEBRAND:
‑‑ it really looks like a duplication of what we are already doing and
doesn't make a whole lot of sense.
8960 MR. LANGFORD: Now, that leads me to my last question,
and I'm really just trading on your experience here, if you don't
mind.
8961 When the Touch
applicants came to us early last week, I believe it was on Tuesday, as one of
the applicants for a Calgary station, they made quite a lot out of the notion
that there are really two types of gospel music, one traditional or southern, if
you want to call it that, and the other contemporary, and that the two don't
mix, that they are oil and water.
The two have separate audience, and some people like one and some people
like the other.
8962 Is your gospel either
southern or contemporary or is it a mix?
8963 MR. HILDEBRAND: No, I think it would be referred to as a
mix.
8964 I think there are many,
many niches or many different kinds of gospel music, and whether there's a big
enough audience for any particular niche by itself is probably doubtful. It is my contention that you need to
have somewhat of a broad spectrum that you can
appeal to.
8965 MR. LANGFORD: M'hm.
8966 MR. HILDEBRAND: I think there is the traditional gospel,
that goes back many years, and then there is a new genre of gospel music that
has some rock elements to it, some black, some soul, some high‑energy music with
a lot of instrumentation behind it.
So I think it's very hard to carve it out into a very, very narrow
niche.
8967 I mean, my sense is
that it's not easy to make a living at this, and I think that if we didn't
already have a radio station with a strong ‑‑ in place, we would be less
enthused to do this. But we see
that there is a market in many parts of the prairies, especially for the
alternative sound that this provides.
8968 I think this plays into
the hands of what the Commission wants.
The Commission wants more diversity. The genre that we are into here isn't
going to appeal to most of the mainstream broadcasters, and certainly not the
major market broadcasters.
8969 So we look at this as
carrying on sort of a niche format that we have been doing all our life, and we
see that this makes some sense. We
can trade on what we have learned in Manitoba, and so we see that the main
reason why we are doing this.
8970 Certainly, we see no
reason why Touch Canada would be needed in the market, since we are already
doing that.
8971 MR. LANGFORD: Could I ask you one last question
regarding Manitoba? I'm sorry to
drag this on so long, but I do find this interesting in the context of so many
applications nibbling around the same format.
8972 If in Manitoba this
Commission today could waive a magic wand and split your Manitoba service into
two FM services, would there be enough of a market for you to format those
services, one in contemporary gospel and the other in traditional or southern
gospel?
8973 MR. HILDEBRAND: I don't think so. Certainly, I'm convinced that a
free‑standing operation would not be able to survive.
8974 One of the reasons that
we can obviously survive at a level that is lower than a free‑standing operation
is we do have the infrastructure that provides administration, engineering,
accounting and traffic and creative.
All of that infrastructure is in place, so we don't need to hire as many
people as a free‑standing operator does.
Then, that obviously reduces our cost, and that's the only reason it
works.
8975 I don't think that if
you split the thing in half in Manitoba and by your magic wand provided it to
two separate operators ‑‑ they would both go
broke.
8976 MR. LANGFORD: You have been very, very helpful, and
I'm grateful for that. Thank you
very much.
8977 Those are my questions,
Mr. Chair.
8978 THE CHAIRMAN: Commissioner del
Val.
8979 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Thank you, Mr.
Hildebrand.
8980 I have some questions
regarding your intervention against Vista, so I don't know whether you are
coming back in Phase 2. If you are
not, may I ask them now?
8981 MR. HILDEBRAND: I would propose to come back in Phase 2,
once I had heard their whole application.
I would prefer to maybe answer them at that time, rather
than ‑‑
8982 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Great.
8983 MR. HILDEBRAND:
‑‑ try to presume in advance what they will be.
8984 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Thank
you.
8985 So you will come back
in Phase 2, then?
8986 MR. HILDEBRAND: I will.
8987 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay,
thanks.
8988 THE CHAIRMAN: Legal counsel.
8989 MS BENNETT: Thank you.
8990 I just have a couple of
follow‑up questions.
8991 The first one goes back
to your discussion with Mr. Arpin about your commitment to cover the outstanding
CTD commitment owed by CJTS.
8992 Could you comment on
the types of initiatives that Golden West would undertake with respect to that
outstanding funding?
8993 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, I think we would probably do much
of the same that Spirit has done to date, but some of the reasons why the
situation is in arrears, I think, is because Spirit doesn't have probably the
manpower to look after some of these.
8994 They have actually done
some of the initiatives, but haven't documented them properly to qualify. So the first thing we would do is
document what is being done, and those items that really qualify we would do
that.
8995 To make up any
differences, we would accelerate the other initiatives that I already talked
about, instead of making one CD with one group, we would make another one for
two groups, so that we could get this done fairly quickly.
8996 Our plan would be to do
this in the first year of our operation there, rather than wait till the end of
the cycle.
8997 MS BENNETT: Okay. Thank
you.
8998 My last two questions
are just housekeeping.
8999 You mentioned that you
would file a letter from the CBC with respect to the use of
the ‑‑
9000 MR. HILDEBRAND: Yes.
9001 MS BENNETT: Could you tell us when you would be able
to file that letter?
9002 MR. HILDEBRAND: Within the week.
9003 MS BENNETT: Okay. And the last
question.
9004 You had a brief
discussion with Mr. Arpin about the intervention, which I believe was from Mr.
Cadman. If you were not served with
that intervention and you would like an opportunity to comment, could you either
let me know or another member of the Commission staff and we can set up a
process to enable you to do that?
9005 MR. HILDEBRAND: I would certainly like to see
it.
9006 MS BENNETT: Okay. We are going to check the public file to
make sure that it's there, so maybe we can talk at the
break.
9007 MR. HILDEBRAND: Sure.
9008 MS BENNETT: Okay. Thank you.
9009 MR. HILDEBRAND: Thanks.
9010 THE CHAIRMAN: Now, Mr. Hildebrand, it's the time for
the wrap up. So in your own words,
could you give us the reasons why the Commission should retain your
application?
9011 MR. HILDEBRAND: Thank you, Mr.
Chair.
9012 Well, I think the main
reason is that we are a prairie‑based broadcaster that wants to provide somewhat
of a different service than maybe is normally provided in the
communities.
9013 We have made our living
providing local ‑‑ 100 percent local service, and that includes heavy
concentration on news, heavy concentration of local involvement, a very, very
direct and dedicated application of hiring people locally. We are very, very strong in our
philosophy to hire people in the community that we serve, so that we are
reluctant to parachute people in from another community because, generally, they
don't know the community too well, they don't know even the pronunciation of the
names, and all of that shows when they are on the
air.
9014 So we are 100 percent
committed to broadcast on the prairies.
We have covered Saskatchewan and Manitoba almost to the max and we have
had so many invitations to provide that service to Alberta, as well. We feel
that this is part of the process that we have undertaken some years ago and we
see the Lethbridge market as a place where we can make a difference. We can provide service to the area that
is already there, and I think we can provide a better
service.
9015 I know that with the
addition of our news and information processes, the community will be
dramatically better served. I think
it's important to remember that we are doing this for the long run. We are career professional broadcasters
and we are not looking to come in and flip things, we are here for the
duration.
9016 I think that Commission
understand this. We are telling the
Commission exactly what's on our mind.
We feel that, given the applicants that are before you for Lethbridge, we
are by far and away the most logical, the most credible, will provide the best
service, provide the least disruption to the market and, at the end of the day,
provide the community of Lethbridge with a service that they now have, only in a
better manner.
9017 So with that, Mr.
Chairman, commissioner and staff, thank you for the
opportunity.
9018 THE CHAIRMAN: Thank you, Mr. Hildebrand, thank you,
Mr. Fleming, thank you, Mr. Friesen.
9019 The Commission will
take a six‑, seven‑minute break. We
will get back at 10:15 with the next item.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing
at 1008 / Suspension à 1008
‑‑‑ Upon resuming
at 1020 / Reprise à 1020
9020 THE CHAIRMAN: Order, please.
9021 I'm asking the
secretary to introduce the next item.
9022 THE SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr.
Chairman.
9023 We will now proceed to
item 15 on the agenda, which is an application by Vista Radio Limited for a
licence to operate an English‑language FM commercial radio programming
undertaking in Lethbridge.
9024 The new station would
operate on frequency 94.1 MHz, channel 231C, with an average effective radiated
power of 42,900 watts, maximum effective radiated power of 100,000 watts,
antenna height of 132 metres.
9025 Appearing for the
applicant is Ms Margot Micallef, who will introduce her
colleagues.
9026 You will then have 20
minutes for your presentation.
9027 Ms
Micallef.
PRESENTATION /
PRÉSENTATION
9028 MS MICALLEF: Thank you.
9029 Mr. Chairman, members
of the Commission, CRTC staff, good morning.
9030 My name is Margo
Micallef and I am the chair and CEO of Vista Radio Limited, a wholly‑owned
subsidiary of Vista Broadcast Group Limited.
9031 Before we begin our
presentation, I would first like to introduce our team.
9032 Since this is Vista's
first application before you, and our first time appearing as a group, I would
like to provide some detailed information, perhaps a bit more than I might
otherwise. Collectively, our group
has a hundred years of broadcast experience.
9033 Before joining Vista, I
was a senior vice‑president of Shaw Communications Inc. Prior to that time I was a partner with
a major law firm in Vancouver, British Columbia. I was specialized in broadcasting and
communications and I was a constructor of a seminar in communications law for
the Faculty of Law at the University of British Columbia. I was appointed to the Queens Council in
2002.
9034 Immediately to my right
is Bryan Edwards, president and chief operating officer of Vista Radio
Limited. Mr. Edwards is the former
president and chief operating officer of Okanagan Skeena Group Limited, where he
oversaw the operations of 20 radio stations in small and mid‑markets in
B.C.
9035 Throughout his 30 years
in the broadcast industry, Mr. Edwards has served the broadcast industry in a
number of capacities. He was a
director and the president of the B.C. Association of Broadcasters, a director
of the Canadian Association of Broadcasters, chairman of the Radio Marketing
Bureau, he sat as a member of the radio executive committee of the Bureau of
Broadcast Measurement, and on the first Broadcast Standards
Council.
9036 Mr. Edwards was named
B.C. Broadcaster of the Year, an honour bestowed on him by his peers in
recognition of his significant contribution to the broadcast
industry.
9037 On my left is Mr. Paul
Mann, executive vice‑president of Vista Radio. Paul's career started in Lethbridge 40
years ago, at the age of 16, as the all‑night announcer on 1220 CJOC. Since then, Paul has worked in numerous
radio positions, including news, copyrighting, sales, sales management, and most
recently as general manager and vice‑president of the Standard Radio B.C.
Interior Operations, based in Kelowna.
9038 Paul raised his family
in Lethbridge while hosting the morning show on 1570 CKBA, in Taber. During this time he also took a
leadership role in organizing a grassroots campaign to save a major economic
driver in the community, the sugar beet industry. His effort attracted the support of the
local MP, a senator, and 18,000 families in the form of a signed petition, and
resulted in a 10‑year, three‑way agreement between the federal and provincial
governments and the sugar beet industry.
9039 Paul later went on to
host an award‑winning and distinctly Canadian agricultural news syndication
called "The Canadian Farmer", which aired on 60‑plus radio stations across
Canada for over 15 years.
9040 During his career, Paul
has won numerous community service and creative awards from the CAB, the BCAB
and other organizations.
9041 To my right, but
immediately behind Bryan, is John Yerxa, who has been researching Canadian radio
since the mid‑1980s. Recently, John
conducted extensive research which played a pivotal role in our rebranding of
Sun FM, in Duncan, as well as Vista's new launch of the new Jet FM in
Courtenay.
9042 Prior to that time,
during his association with Monarch Broadcasting, John was involved in the
launch of Country 95 FM, in Lethbridge, as well as The Hawk, out of
Taber.
9043 To John's left, and in
the middle of our back row, is Paul's son, the vice‑president of programming for
Vista Radio, Mr. Jason Mann. Mr.
Mann was born in Lethbridge and attended junior and senior high school and
continued with post‑secondary broadcast training at Lethbridge Community
College.
9044 His career path
included on‑air work at 1570 CKPA and 1090 CHEC, in Lethbridge. Jason then went on to stations in Red
Deer, Calgary and Kelowna. While in
Kelowna, he was appointed to director of programming for Telemedia Radio West, a
position he held through his final years there with Standard
Radio.
9045 A highlight of Jason's
career was during his final year in Kelowna, when he was responsible for leading
the entire staff of the B.C. division of Standard Radio to the 2003 fire storm
crisis. Under his leadership, the
Kelowna stations earned one provincial and two national RTNDA awards, as well as
one CAB award, for breaking news, and a BCAB award for community service for the
yellow ribbon campaign which raised funds and awareness for those who lost so
much during the fires.
9046 Since joining Vista
Radio, initially as general manager of Sun FM, in Duncan, British Columbia,
Jason was the driving force behind a number of community initiatives which saw
Sun FM named as business of the year less than eight months after Vista took it
over.
9047 Finally, to Jason's
left, and directly behind Paul, is Mr. Glenn Hicks. Glenn is the news director of Vista's
Kootenay operations. Glenn is here
today because his input is integral to our whole philosophical approach to
news.
9048 Glenn has been a
broadcast journalist for over two decades.
He started with the South African Broadcasting Corporation in
Johannesburg, and rose to become an anchor on national TV news and the host of a
national drive‑time radio show.
9049 Glenn eventually moved
to London, England, where he spent three years producing and presenting
programming for the BBC World Service and domestic national satellite TV
news.
9050 Throughout his
broadcast career, he has been active in the nurturing and training of young
broadcasters in radio and television.
Now with his wife and daughter, Glenn lives in Nelson, British
Columbia.
9051 Members of the
Commission, and staff, thank you for indulging us in this extended
introduction. We very much wanted
you to know the depth, background and experience that this team brings to Vista
Radio and would bring to the Lethbridge market.
9052 Mr. Chairman, and
members of the Commission, we are now ready to begin our
presentation.
9053 Mr. Chairman, and
members of the Commission, it is an honour to appear before you today with an
application for a new FM station to serve Lethbridge, Alberta. The basis of our proposal is
simple.
9054 First, Lethbridge has a
vibrant and growing economy.
9055 Second, Vista will
introduce a distinct format to Lethbridge, designed to react to the largest
unserved segment of the adult radio listening
population.
9056 Third, by integrating a
strong business plan, Vista will become an able radio competitor to the two
well‑established commercial broadcasters already serving
Lethbridge.
9057 Fourth, we will bring a
new editorial voice to south western Alberta.
9058 Fifth, we will make a
significant direct contribution to the development of Canadian
talent.
9059 And finally, by
providing a new radio station reflective of the community and with a significant
emphasis on local programming, our application will clearly meet your licensing
criteria and benefit the Canadian broadcast system.
9060 MR. EDWARDS: Vista Radio Limited currently consists
of 19 licences, 16 of which are originating stations, all located in smaller
British Columbia markets; however, Vista Radio's commitment is to be a strong
western Canadian small and medium broadcaster, providing local content which is
relevant and connected to the needs of our audiences.
9061 Therefore, the addition
of an FM station in Lethbridge will enable us to begin our expansion into
Alberta, where most of our shareholders currently
reside.
9062 As a small‑market
broadcaster, Vista has thus far made major commitments in all of the communities
we are currently licensed to serve.
We have local management in all of those stations and all of them make
local decisions that are in the best interest of their respective
markets.
9063 Vista not only
endeavours to employ people locally, but to ensure that all of our stations has
sufficient on‑air and informational personnel to deliver a distinct musical
sound, excellent local news and an absolute dedication to the cities and towns
we operate in.
9064 We view our Vista
stations not only as the voice of their communities, but the building blocks of
those same communities, and our mandate includes raising awareness of important
local issues and supporting local initiatives, such as Vista's recent
fund‑raising drive at the Cowichan Regional Hospital in Duncan,
B.C.
9065 Right now, we are also
investing considerable resources in technology and new staff at all of our
Vancouver Island operations in order to denetwork those stations and provide
programming that is more in alignment with the principles of the company and the
needs of the communities we serve.
9066 Our mandate is
simple. Vista strives to create
local radio stations, staffed by local personnel, delivering local
programming. Our company has a
clear focus on improving the quality of local service to the small and medium
markets where we operate.
9067 MR. P. MANN: Lethbridge is a perfect fit for our
company. Not only is it my home
town, and Jason's home town, but as each of the commercial applicants for a new
FM licence have already indicated to you in their supplementary briefs,
Lethbridge is a thriving city in a province that is
booming.
9068 Indeed, early last
January, January 6th, a news release issued by the City of Lethbridge announced
that the dollar value of the building permits in 2005 was up a staggering 30
percent over 2004.
9069 Our analysis of the
correlation between retail sales and radio revenue further suggests that, as the
economic hub of southwestern Alberta, the Lethbridge retail climate is
exceptionally robust at over $1.4 billion in 2005.
9070 Yet, the most recent
mainstream commercial radio entrant licensed within the Lethbridge region was
CKTA, Taber, back in 1974, and prior to that the last commercial entrant
licensed to Lethbridge was CHEC radio, in 1970, 36 years
ago.
9071 According to Alberta
Municipal Affairs, the Lethbridge population in 1970 was 39,552, but since then
that figure has nearly doubled.
Moreover, according to the just completed 2005 city census, Lethbridge's
population has increased by over 6 percent in just the past three years and the
trading area is now approximately 275,000 people.
9072 We would therefore
conclude that the Lethbridge radio market is now ready for another
entrant.
9073 MR. EDWARDS: If successful, Vista would operate a
stand‑alone commercial FM station up against two large and well‑established
radio groups, each operating an FM combo.
Our competitor stations are as follows.
9074 Pattison has Country
95, which targets a broad group of radio listeners who appreciate country
music. It also operates B93, which,
according to Rick Arnish, the president of Pattison Radio Group, is Hot
AC.
9075 For its part, Rogers
operates Rock 106, which primarily focuses on more current rock music. Rogers also has The River, which is now
classified both on the air and on its website as "Today's Hottest
Music".
9076 So, as you can see,
three of the four commercial radio stations in Lethbridge are currently focused
on more contemporary music and listeners at the younger end of the age
spectrum.
9077 So while launching a
stand‑alone FM station against a Rogers and a Pattison combo may initially
appear to put an applicant at a disadvantage, we are confident that Vista can
operate successfully under these circumstances.
9078 MR. P. MANN: To begin with, our proposal is for a
classic hits FM specifically designed to appeal to adults between 35 and 54
years of age, many of who are now listening elsewhere to satisfy their hunger
for the music they grew up with.
The way we arrived at this choice was by commissioning Banister Research
to find out what Lethbridge residents feel is missing from their radio
menu.
9079 MR. YERXA: Between July 25th and 28th of last year,
Bannister Research conducted 40 telephone interviews with adult radio listeners
in Lethbridge utilizing a questionnaire template which I designed and which has
been used by numerous other broadcast companies, including Chorus, Pattison and
Standard, to conduct format‑finder studies such as this
one.
9080 In the case of
Lethbridge, once adult respondents were randomly selected, Bannister first
studied their listening behaviour.
It then probed listeners' interest in six mainstream yet very different
music formats and asked whether they could identify an existing local FM station
delivering each one.
9081 The two most important
calculations Bannister performed with their data were to identify the percentage
of listeners that expressed significant interest in each format, as well as the
percentage that could not associate a local FM radio station with each
format.
9082 By comparing these two
results, one is able to identify the largest musical hole or opportunity in a
market simply by examining the trade‑off between popularity and availability or,
as I like to say, between more and less.
9083 Obviously, the more
popular a music type is within the overall population, the more economically
viable that format will be; however, the more easily available a popular music
type is perceived to be, the less opportunity it will have to grow as a distinct
format without cannibalizing another player in the market. Therefore, suffice it to say that the
more popular but less available a music type is, the greater opportunity there
is for that format in any given market.
9084 Using this approach,
Bannister was easily able to determine that classic hits represents the best
format opportunity in Lethbridge as it registered very high popularity, but was
also perceived by all adult respondents to be the most difficult type of music
to find on their local FM dial.
9085 MR. P. MANN: So Vista was well‑advised by Bannister
to go with classic hits, according to the research. It is a format whose audience is almost
equally split between men and women, a format primarily targeted at those 35 to
54 years of age, a mainstream format that will have the least impact on any of
the existing commercial stations.
9086 It's also worth noting
that the two stations most likely to share their core audience with a classic
hit station are The River and Rock 106, at 20 percent and 15 percent,
respectively. Both are operated by
Rogers, yet, we would like to point out that Rogers Broadcasting has not
intervened against our application.
9087 We believe that's
because Classic Hits 94.1 will only share between 11 percent and 20 percent of
each existing commercial station's core audience, while gaining a significant
percentage of its cume, 38 percent, from out‑of‑market radio stations. Therefore, Vista will be able to
monetize the increased tuning or repatriation of listening to local commercial
radio, thereby growing overall market revenue.
9088 Our belief in this
regard is significantly bolstered by the feedback we have gathered from numerous
advertisers who say they would strongly support the launch of a new classic hits
FM station, primarily serving the 35 to 54 demographic. This target audience is extremely
valuable to the local advertising community and, therefore, we are confident
that the revenue projections in our application are
realistic.
9089 MR. J. MANN: Vista's research mandate specifically
outlined two objectives: number
one, to locate a format that would be commercially viable in Lethbridge, as
opposed to a niche format that would not; and, number two, to locate a format
that, while popular, would have minimal impact on the four other commercial
stations already in the market.
9090 In classic hits, we
have found a format that will primarily appeal to 35‑ to 54‑year‑old listeners
by reintroducing many songs and artists which are not being currently aired
locally in any significant numbers.
Probably best known as one of the Jack, Joe or Bob stations in larger
Canadian markets only, the difference between most of those stations and Classic
Hits 94.1 is that, given the size of Lethbridge and the nature of the hole in
the market, we will be slightly broader in our musical appeal by offering more
seventies music and slightly more pop than rock music.
9091 By carefully balancing
gold artists like Joni Mitchell, Fleetwood Mac, Billy Joel, Valdy, Rod Stewart,
Burton Cummings, America, Sherry Ulrich, the Doobie Brothers, Neil Young, the
Eagles, Journey, Chilliwack, The Police, Doug and the Slugs, and the Cars, our
classic hits format will be as comfortable for the average 40‑ and 50‑year‑old
listener as a warn pair of jeans.
9092 However, given our 35
percent Cancon commitment, we will not only revisit past Canadian acts, but we
will also present newer Canadian artists who are compatible with the overall
sound of the station, artists like Kathleen Edwards, Daniel Powter, Jeremy
Fisher and Matthew Barber, along with Mister Completely, which, incidentally, is
a Campbell River band that our stations on Vancouver Island were the first to
play. And, of course Bedouin
Soundclash.
9093 Our view is that the
insertion of more up‑to‑date Canadian acts will add a variety and freshness to
our format without violating the overall premise of Classic Hits 94.1. After all, the key to this station is
that it will be providing a much greater amount of 1970s and 1980s pop and rock
music than the existing stations currently do, and in doing so it will be
focused specifically on the 35‑to‑54 age demographic.
9094 MR. HICKS: Classic Hits 94.1 will be much more than
just a music station. Our research
revealed that a high number of listeners are currently dissatisfied with the
lack of news and information on Lethbridge radio stations and classic hits
partisans exhibited the highest dissatisfaction on this issue when compared to
partisans of all other music types.
Moreover, they were also the most vocal in demanding increased news
coverage. Therefore, our intention
is to establish Classic Hits 94.1 as a significant new source for local and
regional news coverage.
9095 One of the biggest
reasons why we at Vista feel that we are winning over local listeners is because
of our attitude towards local information.
For those few minutes each hour, for that breaking story, for that
important local sports game, the news pertaining to your small town becomes the
centre of the universe, and the listeners expect that. We try to deliver it with the same
professionalism and dedication that you would expect from the CBC, the BBC or
CNN. Why not?
9096 But we are giving our
listeners what the CBC and other large news organizations won't or simply cannot
because the concerns of our smaller communities do not register on their dial;
however, local news and information is always at the centre of our radar in the
Vista Group.
9097 Sure, we only use cell
phones, mini‑disc recorders and portable mixing units, but that's all one needs
if you blend it with a genuine compassion and understanding of what counts in
your local community. Whether it's
city council, the hospital board, the school board, the regional district, local
elections, a dangerous intersection, a weather warning or those fire storms we
recently encountered, we at Vista have an attitude towards writing, editing and
delivering the news that makes our local listeners feel informed, engaged and
proud that our various newsrooms goes to the trouble to hear from everyone and
anyone who has a voice in their community.
9098 In the case of
Lethbridge, Vista will provide 92 regularly scheduled newscasts for in excess of
six hours of news coverage per week.
In addition to those 92 newscasts, we will broadcast
9‑and‑three‑quarter hours of
structured spoken word per week, encompassing regular weather and road
conditions, hourly community service announcements, entertainment and community
events, as well as specialty information specifically designed for the region,
such as agricultural reports, energy sector reports and a local business
feature.
9099 MR. P. MANN: Regarding our commitment to local
information, I would like to point out that in just our first year on Vancouver
Island, we have increased news staffing at our operations by 35 percent,
resulting in a dramatic increase in the amount of local news coverage
on‑air. Our policy is that each of
our originating stations must have a strong editorial
voice.
9100 We view this local
component of our programming as Vista's greatest opportunity to compete in an
era of increase competitive technology, such as satellite radio and the
Internet. In the case of
Lethbridge, Vista's proposals will answer the call for a greater diversity of
editorial voices, while our station addresses the local community's demand for
more news and information.
9101 MR. EDWARDS: Mr. Chairman and members of the Commission, let's turn our focus just
for a moment to Canadian talent development.
9102 As the Commission is
aware, Vista is prepared to make a direct cash commitment of $50,000 per year,
for a total of $350,000 over the full licence term, in support of Canadian
talent development. We are very
proud of this commitment and we look forward to discussing our overall approach
to CTD with the Commission panel in the upcoming question and answer
period.
9103 MR. P. MANN: Of course, another way for Vista to
nurture and develop Canadian talent is through the hiring of new broadcasters,
who will come to Lethbridge to work at our station, buy homes, pay taxes, settle
down, raise families and contribute to the future of southwestern
Alberta.
9104 Our new station will
employ from its very first day of operation 16 new employees, including on‑air
announcers, news, sports, creative writers, sales reps and promotion
personnel. We are very committed to
being a local radio station and Vista's operating philosophy of investing our
money in small and medium markets across western Canada is one we will maintain
now and in the future.
9105 At the same time,
please be aware that Vista is currently working hard to reflect the demographics
of Canada in our workforce and our programming and, as such, we will insure that
from the day Classic Hits 94.1 goes on air it will reflect the demographic
make‑up of Lethbridge.
9106 MS MICALLEF: Mr. Chairman, and members of the
Commission, let's quickly review the merits of our
application.
9107 We have provided
evidence underlining the strengths and dramatic growth of Lethbridge. We propose a music format that is
commercially viable and which will add diversity to the market. Consequently, our business plan is well
thought out, our revenues are achievable and our costs are
reasonable.
9108 We will bring a new editorial voice to Lethbridge with
a commitment to news that is presently unmatched in the market. We will fully meet the Canadian content
requirements and are prepared to allocate $50,000 per year, for a total of
$350,000 over the licence term, to support Canadian talent
development.
9109 From day one, Vista
will be committed to creating a workforce that reflects the cultural diversity
of Lethbridge, and the province as a whole. Two of Vista's founders and key members
of our executive team, Paul and Jason Mann, have their roots in Lethbridge. They, along with the rest of us, will
personally insure that Vista's goal of being local, staying local and committing
the financial resources to hire broadcasters who will live and work in
Lethbridge is met.
9110 This application will
not only contribute significantly to the objectives of the Broadcasting Act, but
it is truly a reflection of the commitment Vista Radio Limited is now bringing
to all of its small‑market radio stations and the communities we are licensed to
serve.
9111 I wish to thank the
Commission for this opportunity to explain our proposal to you and we would
welcome your questions at this time.
9112 THE CHAIRMAN: Thank you, Mrs.
Micallef.
9113 I'm asking Commissioner
de Val.
9114 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Thank you for your
presentation.
9115 You have anticipated a
lot of the questions naturally, and it's particularly the question of why you
chose the format you chose, and that's helpful. Thank
you.
9116 I do still have some
more specific questions, and then it may end up being a bit redundant with what
you have presented, so forgive me for that.
9117 Based on your market
research, what are the spoken‑word and information programming expectations of
your target group, the 35‑ to 45‑year‑old?
9118 MR. HICKS: Madam Commissioner, if I may answer that
one, just in terms of the market research we conducted, it very much indicated
that particular audience group in Lethbridge, 35 to 54, was the one that was
earmarked for classic hits, that's the sort of music they would like, but in
conjunction with that, complementary to that, is that is very much the age group
that is demanding more news, better news.
So there's a clear synergy there.
9119 So in terms of honing
in on that particular market, that's good for classic hits, it's good for
news. That segment of the
population stressed in our research that they are the most dissatisfied with the
lack of quality news and information.
9120 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay. And those needs are not being met by the
existing stations that are serving Lethbridge?
9121 MR. HICKS: Madam Commissioner, our research
indicated that a large proportion, almost half, were currently dissatisfied with
their lot in terms of what they are hearing on the local radio stations,
yes, Ma'am.
9122 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay. What specifically they are looking for
is more news?
9123 MR. HICKS: News and information, better handling of
the spoken word.
9124 You will appreciate,
Madam Commissioner, and we see this in perhaps local radio across Canada, that
older segment, that older listener, is quite rightly demanding a more mature,
more professional handling of broadcast journalism.
9125 Of course, while we get
it from the respected news organizations like the CBC, we have an attitude at
the Vista Group that says, "Well, why can't small market radio news be that
way?", and that's why we specifically targeted that older audience in
Lethbridge, who have told us by research, "Yeah, give us some of your good
quality news, as well", and we can deliver on that.
9126 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay.
9127 According to your
research ‑‑ and I'm looking at page 4 of your presentation ‑‑ there's
stations that you have listed.
According to your research, what is their age target
group?
9128 MR. HICKS: Ma'am, can I hand that one over to my
colleague, John, here?
9129 MR. YERXA: Commissioner del Val, are you looking
for the audience overlap that this format would have? Are you looking at where the present
partisanship of these stations is right now? What specifically are you asking
for?
9130 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Probably simpler than you
thought. I have a notion in my mind
that I just wanted to confirm.
9131 All I need right now
is, if I look at page 4 of your presentation, and at the top, you have,
"Pattison has Country 95".
According to your age group, what is their core demographic, and then,
say, the same for B93, the same for Rock 106, and the same for The River, just
those specifically, what age groups do those stations
target?
9132 MR. YERXA: All right.
‑‑‑
Pause
9133 MR. YERXA: According to our research, and I may
have to dig out more information as we go along here because I have quite a
thick binder, but in a nutshell all four of the existing commercial FM stations
do skew towards ‑‑ or should I say at least three out of the four do skew
significantly towards the younger end of the age spectrum, according to our
research.
9134 As far as the 35‑plus
audience is concerned, as it stands right now in Lethbridge, one really has only
a single choice when it comes to music, the more mature listener, and that is
country. That is what our research
identified, that apart from country, there is no classic hits station, with, I
guess, the emphasis on the 18‑to‑34, 18‑to‑44 end of the age spectrum. That's where the hole
exists.
9135 I hope that answers
your question a little bit.
9136 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay. If you need more time to provide the
numbers, or perhaps they could be in the research already and I just have missed
those numbers, it's just that 35 would be young to me. So if you are saying
"younger", are they skewed towards, say, 35 to 44, or are we actually talking 18
to 25?
9137 So if you could provide
that information, and just let us know how much time you need, to give the core
audience, the targeted group of ‑‑ the respective target audience of each
of the four stations you have mentioned, I would appreciate
it.
‑‑‑
Pause
9138 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Is that
doable?
9139 MR. YERXA: Yes. I'm going to do that right
now.
9140 It's interesting,
because I have never been asked, according to our research, what the rankings
are and then breaking it out into the key demographic cells, although we
certainly have that.
9141 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay.
9142 MR. YERXA: I do know what the overall rankings are
and I do know that there is a concentration at the younger end of the age
spectrum. What you want are
specific percentages, if I'm not mistaken.
9143 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: No, I don't even need
the ‑‑ I just need the age.
What is the age core demographic for Country 95? Do they target 24 to 44? And say B93, do they target 18 to
25? That's all I need. I need the core audience targeted for
each of those four stations, that's all I need.
9144 MR. YERXA: I will do my best.
9145 COMMISSIONER del
VAL:
Okay.
9146 Now ‑‑ I will have
more questions on this ‑‑ what about the Jim Pattison station that's
classic hits, that is CJBZ, that is also a classic hits station and you wouldn't
include that in your Lethbridge market?
9147 MR. YERXA: Madam Commissioner, this really is the
key point in this entire presentation ‑‑
9148 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: I know.
9149 MR. YERXA: ‑‑
because there were a number of pieces of research that were conducted in the
market. We conducted one, a
competing applicant conducted another.
In both pieces of research, we discovered that the largest format void in
the market was for classic hits.
9150 In our research, and in
the competitor, I will mention the name, Kassof indicated that the largest, I
think they term it, "format void", the methodology is very similar with classic
hits.
9151 Now, once Bannister had
finished conducting this research for Vista, and I eventually inherited it, I
was astounded to see this hole, having heard that supposedly one of the stations
impacting the market was a classic hits
station.
9152 If you are going to
conduct research and spend the money, then you had ‑‑ you are probably best
advised to take those results seriously, otherwise why do research? My advice to Vista was to immediately go
into the market and to monitor these stations and to do an extensive analysis to
see if it backed up the research results, which it did.
9153 The other applicant in
this case, I understand now, reading through the materials and the
supplementary, simply chose to move away from it simply because, if another
station supposedly claimed to be doing that, then they felt that maybe that hole
was filled.
9154 I think they were, now
in retrospect, under the misinterpretation that this station was moving into the
format, where we have subsequently found they were moving away from that, if at
all having served it in the first place.
I believe, and I will turn it over to Mr. Jason Mann, if he wishes to
comment, but I believe the most recent monitor of just two weeks ago ‑‑
this has been a series of monitors ‑‑ completely confirms
this.
9155 I shouldn't keep going
because I'm the research consultant here, but I will turn it over to you and you
can discuss the clarification from Pattison.
9156 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay. But just so far on what you have said,
so what you are telling me is that CJBZ ‑‑
9157 MR. YERXA: B93.
9158 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Yes ‑‑ is not a classic
hits station?
9159 MR. YERXA: No. In fact in the document that was passed
onto to me in this whole process, I believe Mr. Rick Arnish, in his letter of
intervention, even finally added some clarification, appropriate clarification
of this, and said, "We are a Hot AC station".
9160 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay.
9161 Would you like to add
anything, Mr. Mann?
‑‑‑
Pause
9162 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: You don't
have to.
9163 MR. J. MANN: We did conduct a monitor, and if you
wanted additional information on that specific demographic, breakdowns and
decades of music that each station currently plays, we can provide
that.
‑‑‑
Pause
9164 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: What programming challenges do
you anticipate that you will face in serving the spoken word, sort of the news
and information programming, of your target audience in
Lethbridge?
9165 MR. HICKS: Madam Commissioner, I haven't identified
specific challenges, I just know that certainly in a small ‑‑ from my
experience already with the group, in a small market you really want to do the
spoken word and news coverage justice, and perhaps the challenge will be how
best to deploy and allocate a relatively modest newsroom.
9166 I have experience in
doing that and if you work on the shifts and you have the right enthusiasm
amongst qualified broadcast journalists, then you can get there. But the challenges are covering
everything. The challenges are
making sure that the voices are all heard.
The challenges are what happens on a Monday night, when you have
Lethbridge city council and there happens to be perhaps a regional district side
meeting and a school board deal going on.
How do you get three people out there, whereas the perhaps the CBC they
can get people out there, they have bigger teams.
9167 So certainly the
challenges would be deploying and using efficiently our broadcast journalists
throughout the day, over the weekends, to make sure we don't miss important
stories or important voices are not missed in
Lethbridge.
9168 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay.
9169 Then, I'm jumping back
again to my earlier question. I was
trying to figure out why it is that you feel the spoken‑word expectations or
needs are not currently being met by the incumbents. That's why I was asking about the age,
because perhaps if I saw that they were in fact a lot younger, say 18 to 25 or
whatever, which is unlikely, then, okay, maybe if their spoken word's targeted
for a younger audience that could be one of the reasons.
9170 But what are the other
reasons? Are the existing stations
not doing enough spoken work? They
are doing a different type of spoken word?
What does your research show that is lacking in the existing stations'
spoken‑word programming?
9171 MR. YERXA: Madam Commissioner, I will try and
answer this as best I can.
9172 First of all, within
the research component that was conducted by Bannister Research, my
understanding is that they did not deal in depth on specific issues and what do
you want hear more of or less of, or so on.
9173 But what they did
derive from the research was that there certainly is ‑‑ the population, as
we looked at the higher end of the population, they are ‑‑ especially
dealing with the hole in the market, dealing with the classic hits partisans,
primarily 35 to 54, that they expressed a greater dissatisfaction with news and
information, and they also expressed a desire to hear
more.
9174 Now, I suppose ‑‑
and I have to be careful I don't move out of my realm here ‑‑ but I suppose
one might want to look at the tonnage, if you will, at what is being offered in
the market as far as newscasts and scheduling is concerned, as opposed to also
what these people are currently receiving.
9175 The fact is, if I have
to go to a rock station to receive my information or if I have to go to a
contemporary hit station, that may lend to my dissatisfaction, if you will. And to the extent that I may have to go
out of market, to the extent that I may have to go to the CBC, which actually is
not a bad option, but to that extent, where I have to go outside the market and
listen to other stations to derive news and information programming, I suppose
that is a factor which weighs on the collective psyche of that 35 to 54 target
that we are looking at.
9176 I hope that helps a
little bit.
9177 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Yes, thank you, it
does.
9178 Then, going back to
your answer, Mr. Hicks, of the newsroom, I know that in your presentation I
think you say that there will be 16 employees.
9179 MR. P. MANN: A total of 16.
9180 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: A total of 16 for this
particular station.
9181 MR. P. MANN: Correct.
9182 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: So can you give me possibly a
breakdown of what they do? In
particular, say, what is the size of your newsroom staff and the types of
resources that will be available to your news staff
to ‑‑
9183 MR. HICKS: Madam Commissioner, if I can just
correct that ‑‑
9184 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay.
9185 MR. HICKS: ‑‑ I
think in the presentation the 16 may very well have referred to our total
newsroom complement across the Vista Group.
9186 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Oh, okay, sorry,
then.
9187 MR. HICKS: But certainly this proposal, Ma'am, in
terms of Lethbridge, would be a three‑person ‑‑
9188 COMMISSIONER del
VAL:
Okay.
9189 MR. HICKS: ‑‑ a
full‑time news team ‑‑
9190 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay.
9191 MR. HICKS: ‑‑
typically working a 40‑hour week.
In news there's no such thing as a 40‑hour week, but we try and get
people get around that.
9192 So, yes, I will give
you an indication. Let me just give
you a breakdown of exactly how those people would be
deployed.
9193 As we suggested, we
have 92 newscasts per week, and that is completely doable with a complement of
three full‑time broadcast journalists with Vista.
9194 We are proposing three
minutes of news every half hour, between 6 in the morning and 9 in the morning,
and then hourly thereafter until 6 p.m. Monday to Friday. That will be for a total of 16 newscasts
and 60 minutes of news coverage per day.
Weekends, as well, newscasts on the hour between 7 and noon, totally 12
newscasts, or another hour of coverage.
Our newscasts will be between four minutes and five‑and‑a‑half minutes,
inclusive of sports, traffic and weather.
9195 I would really like to
emphasize, Ma'am, that we go crazy for local. I look after the Kootenay operation and
when I arrived there there was a sad dependence on wires, on stories that really
weren't hitting true to those communities there.
9196 So I have implemented a
proto, call it our news operation, there and I'm spreading it around the group,
that we want to see 80 percent local content in all newscast, and I currently
implement that as a minimum on a daily basis at our Kootenay
operations.
9197 You have got to get the
team into that. You have to really
help younger journalists, or journalists who may be not as experienced in the
smaller markets, to look for lots of stories that are of genuine local
interest. And we are achieving
that, Ma'am, in one of our operations already.
9198 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: And you said 80, eight‑zero
percent?
9199 MR. HICKS: Eighty percent. In other words, if I can break it down
in simple terms, if, for example, a typical morning show newscast would have
five or six news stories, then I would expect five of them to be local, with
local audio, and perhaps 20 percent of that newscast could hone in on an
important provincial story or international
story.
9200 MR. P. MANN: Madam Commissioner, if it would be
helpful, we do have a comprehensive by‑day, full‑week spoken‑word calendar or
schedule, if you will, that we would be pleased to file if it would assist
you.
9201 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Yes, please. And that will be for this proposed
station?
9202 MR. P. MANN: Correct.
9203 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Yes, please, if you could
file. When do you think you
could?
9204 MR. P. MANN: We have it prepared, if you feel it's
appropriate.
9205 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Great.
9206 So you have three as
your newsroom staff. What other
resources will be available to your news staff?
9207 MR. HICKS: Well, there will be an ethic. One would be ignorant to assume that a
small station can cover absolutely everything at all times, but what we are
doing in the group, and similarly for Lethbridge, is to make sure the producers
and presenters, and people who are in the building, have a sense of what to do,
there's a protocol in place for news.
9208 So I guess everybody in
the station, to answer that question, everybody who works certainly at our
stations in B.C., understands what a protocol should be, in terms of handling a
news story, getting the chain of command, getting people out to the scene of
somewhere. So we would call on the
entire station, Madam Commissioner.
9209 MR. J. MANN: Further to that, we do have a modest
stringer and part‑time budget, as well, for evening meetings
allocated.
9210 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Thank
you.
9211 Will you be sharing any
of your resources with your British Columbia stations?
9212 MR. HICKS: I would imagine if there's a rationale,
if there's a common link.
9213 Again, I know that we
hear often that certain broadcast groups say they are going to be able to link
up with the rest of their national or provincial group, in terms of accessing
those resources, and, of course, if there's an opportunity to use them, if
there's an natural news link, but I want to really focus here, Madam
Commissioner, that local is local.
9214 If I'm going to bring
the news to Lethbridge, as our news team will, and I'm giving you 80 percent of
round‑the‑corner, round‑the‑block news, I really don't see how bringing in our
other colleagues around B.C., for example, would do an awful lot on the
day‑to‑day basis. But, of course,
experience, advice, and possible story linkage, one has to be aware of
that.
9215 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Thank
you.
9216 Will the spoken‑word
programming be 100 percent produced locally?
9217 MR. HICKS: Yes, Ma'am.
9218 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay. Thank you.
9219 MR. HICKS: Of course, our spoken word is not only
the newscasts, as you will see in our files there, that we have several other
spoken word components ‑‑
9220 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Yes.
9221 MR. HICKS: ‑‑
over and above the newscast that really latch into local‑specific issues and
information.
9222 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Yes, and you have it in the
program guide that you have provided.
And in your supplementary brief, on pages 20 and 21, you have also
mentioned your programs, "Agri Biz", "Energy Reports", "The Ag Market
Reports". In your brief, you have
also explained that you may be sharing some of the relevant stories between your
proposed Lethbridge station and the Grande Prairie
stations.
9223 The programs that you
have mentioned, the "Agri Biz", "Energy Report", "Ag Market Reports", are those
being produced now?
9224 MR. P. MANN: Perhaps I can answer
that.
9225 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Yes.
9226 MR. P. MANN: No, they are not being produced now
because we don't really have, obviously, an Alberta property at this
time.
9227 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay.
9228 MR. P. MANN: However, I think our reference, really,
in tying into Grande Prairie was on story content. So because there is a resource sector
parallel, if you will, in the Peace country and in southwestern Alberta, as well
as a significant comparable in the agra business area, there may be some
appropriate story sharing that would contribute to the local feature in each
case.
9229 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay.
9230 So those specific
programs that I have mentioned, "The Agri Biz", "Energy Report" and "Ag Market
Reports", will those be produced only if this particular Lethbridge station is
licensed?
9231 MR. P. MANN: We saw them as relevant to this
particular area, as well as the Grande Prairie area, relevant to that
application you referenced.
9232 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay. Thank you.
9233 Now, one of the
statements you made in your supplementary brief, on page 27, and it was in
section N, where you talked about alternative proposal, you
said:
"In
preparing this application, we have presented research which demonstrates that
no station is presently perceived by adult radio listeners as offering a classic
hits format in Lethbridge. This
situation could change however before a new licence is granted. Should this occur, Vista Broadcast Group
has identified an alternative format and we would propose to operate a new FM
radio undertaking in Lethbridge utilizing this alternate format should the
market conditions change."
(As
read)
9234 Maybe two things. You said you have identified an
alternative format, but it's not identified here. Maybe you can just explain that
statement.
9235 MR. YERXA: Madam Commissioner, yes, I spent a fair
amount of time in southern Alberta going between markets, and Lethbridge is
certainly one I have had a lot of experience in, and this research has touched
on one or two possibilities that I had a feeling did exist in the market, not by
any means as large at this point as classic hits. Suffice it to say, however, that if the
stations move around and if somebody moves in to a new area, then another hole
develops in another area.
9236 I do have a couple of
ideas. I just don't ‑‑ I don't
know if I should divulge them publicly at this time. I should probably take direction from
Vista at this stage, only because I think that giving this kind of information
in a public forum may put a new entrant at a bit of a
disadvantage.
9237 COMMISSIONER del
VAL:
Okay.
9238 MS MICALLEF: Madam Commissioner, we can file that on
a confidential basis, if you would like us to.
9239 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: You see, my difficulty ‑‑
and I know that commercial FM stations can change their format, and I know that
poses questions for a lot of people.
However, I don't quite know what is the fairest way to interpret this
message, when what we have in front of us is an application based on ‑‑
that's your foundation of this application is the classic hits. The financial are based on those,
intervenors' comments are based on this.
This is the foundation of the application.
9240 Maybe you can help
me. I don't know what is the
fairest way to look at such a statement.
If you file an alternate ‑‑ no, I don't think I would like you to
file an alternate format in confidence, unless legal counsel advises me, because
then what do I do with that information?
9241 MR. YERXA: Well, Madam Commissioner, with all
respect, I think the important thing at this juncture is that we honestly have
identified a very good hole in the market.
The danger, of course, in this whole public process ‑‑ and you have
seen it before in other markets ‑‑ is everyone brings forth the best
research and the best strategy and then, of course, the market kinds of welcomes
them with open arms in different ways once they are fortunate enough to get the
licence.
9242 But, really, classic
hits is the opportunity as it exists at this time.
9243 MR. P. MANN: If I might, I suppose another
alternative answer to your question might be that, in the event that someone
usurped this format opportunity prior to us getting to air, if we were the
successful applicant, another option, given the movement that can realistically
take place, would be to do the research yet again before going to an alternate
business plan.
9244 MR. YERXA: I'm completely in favour
of that.
9245 MR. EDWARDS: If I may comment, I think there's an
underlying question, and the question is:
do we have a secret plan?
9246 The answer is, no. We are applying for a classic hits
format. I think our comment, we
were anticipating what others may do in the market, and what we are saying to
you, if they move, there are other opportunities. But our total business plan and our
audience profile is based on classic hits.
9247 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: I'm not making any judgement
on secret plans or whatever. I
mean, in this market people move.
But it's just that I didn't really ‑‑ I wasn't quite sure what you
wanted me ‑‑ how you wanted me to interpret this message, particularly when
your financials are based on this format.
9248 Okay, then, I guess the
question is, if you change your format, and your financials now are based on
this format, how would the Commission be confident that you would continue to
meet the commitments made based on this format?
9249 MR. P. MANN: If I might, Madam Commissioner, we would
just like to put forward, I think, that our intention is in good faith on this
format and this research, and we trust everyone would play the game fairly, if
it occurs.
9250 MR. YERXA: I really hesitate to do this, but I
really ‑‑ I know you want clarification on this and I will just say that
one of the opportunities would also be in the 35‑plus realm, and I think, as far
as the business plan and so on is concerned, there's going to be compatibility
there.
9251 So I hope that helps,
but...
9252 THE CHAIRMAN: If I was to ask you, will you maintain
the same commitment regarding news, sports, weather, road conditions,
agri‑business, energy, ski outdoors, than the one that you have made with regard
to classic hits?
9253 MR. P. MANN: Yes, Mr. Chairman, we
would.
9254 THE CHAIRMAN: So the commitments are the same,
whatever the music format was to be, that's what you are
saying?
9255 MR. P. MANN: Yes, sir.
9256 If I may, one more
comment, Madam Commissioner, as well.
9257 There are some
alternative formats really alluded to as second and third choices, if you will,
in the public research that's filed, as part of our Commission submission, that
I suppose conclusions would be drawn from.
9258 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Then I take it, just to follow
up on Mr. Chairman's question, even if you had to change your format, which is
the same rules as others, whatever condition of licence you have accepted,
should you be licensed, they will stay the same and you will remain committed to
those?
9259 MR. P. MANN: Absolutely.
9260 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Yes. The same with the CTD
contributions?
9261 MR. P. MANN: Yes.
9262 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay,
great.
9263 Now, on your CTD
contributions, CIRPA has filed an intervention, commenting against a number of
applications, including yours. I
think you have yet to respond to it, and against Vista specifically, CIRPA said
this, regarding the CTD:
"CIRPA
does not feel the proposed funds earmarked for the Native Women in the Arts
Program will further advance the recording industry in Canada, and as such
should not qualify for it's CTD spend.
CIRPA Is also concerned that the station proposes to commit six times
more funding to its own talent contest initiative than it will contribute to
either FACTOR or the Radio Starmaker Fund." (As read)
9264 So could you respond,
firstly, to their comment about your Native Women in Arts Program and then,
secondly, to their comment about not contributing more to FACTOR or Radio
Starmaker Fund, please?
9265 MR. P. MANN: Madam Commissioner, Mr. Edwards will
respond to the greater question, I will answer the Native Women in the Arts
question, if I may.
9266 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Yes.
9267 MR. P. MANN: The aboriginal population in south
western Alberta is an important part of the social fabric. In fact, I grew up mere metres from the
boundary of the Blood Indian Nation, attended school with them, did my first
public music performance at age 10 on a stage on a Blood Nation recreation
complex.
9268 It's a mere $5,000 a
year. They deserve the same
chance. I think that's part of our
commitment to this market.
9269 MR. EDWARDS: I think you are going to find our
response on the larger question quite interesting.
9270 We were very moved by
that letter and have reconsidered our position. In fact, we are a small organization,
beginning to grow, and questioned whether in fact we could have as much impact
on Canadian talent development with our own plan, as opposed to giving it to
someone who has a charter. So we
are prepared to take the additional $210,000 in our Front and Centre initiative
and give it over to FACTOR.
‑‑‑
Pause
9271 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Sorry, your contribution to
FACTOR as it currently stands is what?
9272 MR. EDWARDS: Thirty‑five
thousand.
9273 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Thirty‑five thousand,
and ‑‑
9274 MR. EDWARDS: We are prepared to add the additional
$210,000, for a total of $245,000.
9275 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: So you are proposing to
increase your contribution to FACTOR ‑‑
9276 MR. EDWARDS: In lieu?
9277 COMMISSIONER del VAL:
‑‑ now?
9278 MR. EDWARDS: Yes, in lieu of our own
initiative.
9279 THE CHAIRMAN: Sir, I understand that what you are
saying, if the Commission was to disqualify all your other alternatives, you
will give all the money to FACTOR?
That's what I heard?
9280 MR. EDWARDS: Now, what you heard was we have ‑‑
well, let's go back.
9281 We believe the Native
Women in the Arts, we have stated, should stay, and that's for $35,000. We have a cash contribution to the
Alberta Recording Industry's Association of 35, we believe that should
stand. We pledged $35,000 to Radio
Starmaker, that should stand. We
already pledged $35,000 to FACTOR.
9282 What we then said was
that we would run our own aggressive program for a total of $210,000. We have agreed with the CIRPA comments
that perhaps they are in a better position to do it than we may. We are prepared to roll that $210,000
over to FACTOR.
9283 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: So what will your total
CTD ‑‑
9284 MR. EDWARDS: It will still remain
at $350,000.
9285 MS MICALLEF: Madam Commissioner, the difference is
that our Front and Centre initiative paralleled the sort of program that FACTOR
runs, and as they pointed out in their letter, why duplicate the effort? So we agree with
them.
9286 MR. J. MANN: I would like to add one point of
clarification, as well, regarding the Native Women in the
Arts.
9287 The founder of that
particular organization, Ms Sandra Lalonde, has agreed that those funds would be
ear‑tagged for musical artists.
9288 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Thank
you.
9289 Now, I have also noted
that, aside from the commitment to the Native Women in the Arts organization,
there aren't any specifics about any commitments towards the reflection and
representation of cultural diversity in your programming or your
corporation.
9290 So have you identified
at this point any other initiatives you are planning regarding the reflection
and representation of cultural/ethnic/racial diversity in your employment
practices, on‑air commitments, news, music or promotion of Canadian
artists?
9291 MS MICALLEF: We have a policy that our cultural
diversity is aimed at showcasing the cultural mosaic of each of the
communities. As well, that's
reflected in our hiring practices.
9292 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay.
9293 Was your mike on, Ms.
Micallef?
9294 MS MICALLEF: It was. Did you not hear me
properly?
9295 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: No, I could, but I can't see
the light, sorry.
Okay.
9296 MS MICALLEF: My light's flash is showing
here.
9297 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay, great. Thank
you.
9298 MS MICALLEF: So what I would suggest is, if I can ask
Jason Mann, who is our V‑P and director of programming, to talk about some of
the sorts of programs that we have initiated in some of the other
communities.
9299 What we will do is, if
licensed, we will work with the community to identify programs that would be
appropriate for us to support.
Lethbridge has a number of different festivals and different programs
that do really build on the cultural diversity of the area. One of the programs they have is a
Changing Faces Festival, which showcases the different cultural groups in the
area. We have identified that it
would make sense for us to work with that organization, because it does support
the initiatives and the values that we also believe in.
9300 We have not actually
done anything with that organization yet, feeling it was premature to speak with
them at this point, but we can speak to what we have done in other communities,
where we have looked for these sorts of opportunities, and then Paul Mann can
also speak to our employment equity policies and
programs.
9301 MR. J. MANN: Drawing on my experience in Duncan,
which also has a fairly large representation of first nations people, we have a
very strong relationship with the first nations of that area. We do give a considerable amount of
access, and one would say that they are appreciative of that, I
believe.
9302 More specifically, an
example, I guess, of something that we are doing, as far as working in hand with
the community, in that particular segment of the community, is there's an
individual who grew up in Smithers, showed some promise as a mathematician,
which is well‑known that, for whatever reason, this segment of the population
doesn't tend to perform well in the area of mathematics. So there was considerable interest taken
in this particular person and their performance in that
area.
9303 Through the
early ‑‑ well, through the high school years, the grades for this
individual began to drop. It was
later found that the reason was, after the ‑‑ after the school board did
some investigation, they found that the reason why he wasn't doing
homework ‑‑ sorry.
9304 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Would you like me to come back
to this question. I can go to other
questions first.
9305 MR. J. MANN: I can finish.
9306 COMMISSIONER del
VAL:
Okay.
9307 MR. J. MANN: ‑‑ was the reason that they
were poverty‑stricken and they could not afford a table for him to do his
homework on. Having been near
there, I can relate ‑‑ sorry.
9308 At any rate, this
individual was given a grant to continue their education in a private school on
Vancouver Island, Shawnigan Lake Private School. That funding has ceased, so we are
taking up, with arms in the community, to help raise funds for this individual
so that they could continue their education in that form and reach the
excellence that they know that he can.
9309 So in that way, we have
become involved in the community.
And, of course, when you become involved in the community at that level,
you can't help but reflect it on the air.
9310 Thank
you.
9311 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Thank
you.
9312 I will move on to the
economic portion of my questions.
9313 I note that your
projected audience share, ranging from 14, in year one, up to 16.7 percent, in
year seven. Now, can you please
discuss how you use the results of your demand study to derive both your
audience projections and your revenue
projections?
9314 MR. P. MANN: Madam Commissioner, perhaps we could
break that into two parts.
9315 MR. YERXA: I will deal with the
audience.
9316 MR. P. MANN: John will do the audience,
yes.
9317 MR. YERXA: When I received the results from
Bannister, and they came to their various conclusions, one of the questions, of
course, Vista posed was: what's a
realistic market share? Knowing the
dynamic of the Lethbridge market, I believe that the guaranteed cume came in at
about 28 percent.
9318 I suggested to
them ‑‑ normally we take about anywhere between about a 50 percent to 70
percent cume core conversion, so I suggested, given the nature of the market,
the competitiveness, they should probably cut that in half, go with 50
percent. That would put them at
about a 14 share and they could build on that basis. That's how the market share was
derived.
9319 MR. P. MANN: Of course, we don't have PBIT
information and revenue information on this particular market; however, with our
experience and time spent in the market, our business community connections in
the market, and our own due diligence, from several levels, we reasonably
predict that it's conservatively at least a $6‑million market. So we built our model on that
$60‑million current base.
9320 We also looked at the
fact that a share point at about 65 percent local tuning would suggest share
points worth about $92,000. If we
can affect approximately a 5 share point repatriation in the market to, say, 70,
this would put the future share point about $96,400, suggesting that we would
contribute about $750,000, first year of growth, to the market, the difference
coming from direct impact on the incumbents, so in this approach, Madam
Chairman, our 14 share, if you will, calculated to about $1,349,000, which we,
frankly, felt was perhaps a big aggressive.
9321 We took a second
approach, as well, based on rate and inventory, if you will, using our
experience in similar launches and relaunches of brands, and so forth. We set our inventory at 39,000 minutes a
year, we based our first year at 50 percent sold, and created a rate assumption
per minute of $58.
9322 How did we arrive at
$58, because we are quite aware, by the way, it's higher than our competing
applicants. On the other hand, we
are in a prime demographic, the most prime demographic for many
advertisers.
9323 We also believe that
breaking that down to a $29 averaged 30‑second unit rate is not out of line in
this market for a winning product, and we went with the alternative here, which
created a million one‑thirty‑one, as the first year revenue assumption, and
treated that, if you will, as our discount on what the first approach gave
us.
9324 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay. I also see that I think in your
projections you are projecting about 33 percent will be ‑‑ the source of
the income will be from incumbent stations, their existing advertiser
budgets.
9325 The 33 percent, can you
identify any specific incumbents that will sort of take the ‑‑ how will
they take the hits, like including, say, out‑of‑market
tuning?
9326 MR. P. MANN: We believe the Rogers products would
take the largest hit, in part based on The River's format today, some from Rock
106. By and large, from the
Pattison‑side, we think the bulk of the difference would come from the country
brand.
9327 COMMISSIONER del
VAL:
Okay.
9328 On your programming
expenses ‑‑ so your total expenses, programming expenses, is
$2 million‑nine‑hundred‑plus, and that's for 9 hours and 45 minutes of
scripted word per week. Then I
compare it to, say, Newcap's, and their total programming expenses is just under
$8 million, and yet what they are projecting in local word and spoken‑word
proposal is 5 hours of scripted spoken word. So your programming expenses is about
one‑third of Newcap's, but you are committing to almost double what they will
provide.
9329 Then, your sort of
percentage of total revenue is ‑‑ about 20 percent of your total revenue is
going to total programming expenses, say, while for Newcap they are about 30
percent, and for about half of the programming.
9330 How would you like to
comment on that? Is yours low? Is theirs too high? Is yours
realistic?
9331 MR. P. MANN: I certainly can't comment on
theirs. I can tell you that our
model is a model that's in use today in all of our operations relative to size
and scale, and certainly is a model very similar to those that I have worked
with in my past involvements with other sizeable companies in our industry. It's a budget percentage, departmental
percentage structure, that works.
9332 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: So you are confident that your
budget for programming expenses will be sufficient to cover your spoken‑word
commitment, because that's
expensive to produce?
9333 MR. P. MANN: Yes, we are.
9334 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay, and your total operating
expense is about $28 million. In
the first year, it's about $1.2 million total operating expenses, and you say
that you are estimating about 16 employees.
9335 What proportion of this
total operating budget, what percentage, is for salaries and
wages?
9336 MR. P. MANN: We have 16 employees slated, and there
is a budgetary break by position laid out in our backup information that we can
provide you, if you wish, that identifies the anticipated start‑year salaries by
position.
9337 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay. Could you provide that,
please?
9338 MR. P. MANN: Certainly.
9339 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: How long do you think it will
take?
9340 MR. P. MANN: Before the reply portion, if that's
appropriate.
9341 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Thank
you.
9342 Have you done any
studies or what evidence do you have to support the assumption that more than 50
percent of projected revenues will be derived from increased advertising budgets
and new radio advertisers?
9343 MR. P. MANN: Madam Commissioner, we did conduct an
advertiser study in the marketplace, and I recognize we have not filed that
research.
9344 We chose not to do so
for a couple of reasons. Obviously,
number one, they identify specific significant advertisers by name and business
in the marketplace and, as part of that respect, we also had additional concern
about their privacy. But, yes, we
did conduct specific sales research that led us to, in part, those conclusions,
in addition to one‑on‑one dialogue with a number of
businesses.
9345 I can also speak to the
fact that, as a philosophy, from a sales perspective with Vista, we very much
believe in growing the value of radio as a
medium.
9346 It is fair to say in
many of the markets we operate as ‑‑ we have taken them over, one of the
first kinds of research we do is to determine what percent of the business
licence numbers in the market we are actually doing business with and they have
been anywhere from typically 5 to 8 or 9 per cent depending on the market and
the previous ownership and so forth.
9347 So I think it is fair
to say that there is significant growth potential within the marketplace in a
size of Lethbridge, not unlike many other places where the percent of businesses
doing radio is still significantly small and that not unlike most places the
significant percentage is in print and that there is a significant approach in
our vision of sales to grow the business from other media as opposed to poaching
on our radio competitors, if you will.
9348 COMMISSIONER DEL
VAL: Thank you. I appreciate the privacy concern. So provided that you, say, have consent
from the advertisers you have spoken to or who have provided you their budgets
or whatever to disclose to the Commission, would you be able to file the consent
to disclosing with us on a confidential basis.
MR. P. MANN: On a
confidential basis, Madam Commissioner, yes, we would and I believe we could do
that before the end of the afternoon as well.
9349 COMMISSIONER DEL
VAL: Great, thank
you.
9350 Now, you are aware of
the intervention that Golden West filed at intervention 256 and also the Jim
Pattison Group filed at intervention 341, and they both commented that your
revenue projections are overly aggressive.
Can you respond to that please?
9351 MR. P. MANN: We are comfortable with them and I guess
if it gives us any comfort, in fact, the Newcap application first‑year revenue
projections ‑‑ while it has not been dealt with here, we have certainly
read the submission ‑‑ are fairly close to our own, although they are
coming from a different format perspective.
9352 I can certainly
anecdotally comment to you that from past experience ‑‑ and Kelowna might
be a very good one. I arrived in
Kelowna in October 1995 as a sales manager for what was about to become the
fifth station in the market, a country FM.
We launched it as a country FM.
It had an AM sister station that was full service, middle of the road
music. It got reasonable takeoff
and reasonable share but still didn't give us what we needed, we thought, to run
our business.
9353 So we did a re‑launch
of the FM and I can tell you that in our experience it is all about getting the
brand right, it is about how you approach the market, and I can say to you,
because it was a publicly traded company at the time under Okanagan Skeena
Group, that we were able to literally double the revenue of that combo in
approximately 18 months. So it
comes from your vision of business, I think, to a certain
extent.
9354 COMMISSIONER DEL
VAL: Thank you. Those are my
questions.
9355 Thank you, Mr.
Chairman. Those are my
questions.
9356 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Commissioner del
Val.
9357 I spent some time over
the weekend perusing the Lethbridge and some of the localities' website. I spent some time trying to get a better
feel for the market and found on the business development portion of the site a
document that is called "Choose Lethbridge," which, to some extent, you referred
in your introductory remarks when you said that the trading area is
approximately 275,000 people. I
know that it is mentioned in that section but that, I suspect, is what the
document calls the southern Alberta communities.
9358 When I am looking at
your coverage map, you are surely not covering the total southern Alberta
communities, you are only ‑‑ well, I will say a major portion of it and
probably the one that is the most developed and inhabited. But there is another number that I find
in that city that they call the Lethbridge region, and more than likely it will
be the area where you will be deriving most of your activities. The study mentions that the population
of 15+ in the Lethbridge region is close to 190,000, which is surely significant
for your operation.
9359 My question to you is
in terms of coverage of your services, regarding particularly, say, news
particularly, will you be covering Lethbridge or all these areas, including
Taber, Vauxhall, Champion, Granham, Calston, Warner? What is your plan?
9360 MR. P. MANN: It is definitely ‑‑ you have
identified a number of the communities, certainly Taber, Coldale, Fort McLeod,
Raymond, Clarisholm. I am picking
the ones now, obviously ‑‑
9361 THE CHAIRPERSON: Yes.
9362 MR. P. MANN: ‑‑
of the larger populations where there is a fairly decent hub of business and
other activity in communities of that size. There is no question that the service to
the core communities, particularly within that 30 to 50 minutes or so of
Lethbridge, would fall under our mandate.
I think people look at themselves in the Lethbridge region very clearly
within that circle.
9363 THE CHAIRPERSON: That is what you will define being the
Lethbridge region because, obviously, the document defines the southern Alberta
communities which includes the Lethbridge region, obviously. So your plan is to have a broader view
of all the ‑‑ what you say, within the 30‑45 minute drive from the core of
Lethbridge will be the sector you will be servicing?
9364 MR. P. MANN: Yes, and it is one of the reasons we
identified some of the specific information features that we think are relevant
to not just, obviously, the city ‑‑
9365 THE CHAIRPERSON: Yes.
9366 MR. P. MANN: ‑‑
but these rural and smaller agri‑business
based communities within that hour's drive. They are all very much in tune with the
agri‑business base and for some of them, particularly when you get into the
Vauxhall, Hayes, Wolmand areas, places like that where the resource sector plays
a greater role in what is coming out of the ground there as
well.
9367 THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay, thank you.
9368 I have a question also
that deals with your CTD and I only want to make sure because I heard Mr.
Edwards saying that the front and centre initiative ‑‑ are you saying to us
today that you are no more planning to do it, you agree with CIRPA and it is a
plan that is totally removed if you are saying to us that if we think it doesn't
meet the spirit of the CTD, you won't do it and then give the money to
FACTOR?
9369 MR. EDWARDS: I think what we are saying is we agree
with the position taken in the intervention that it is probably a better use of
our funds.
9370 THE CHAIRPERSON: Obviously, cutting a cheque takes much
less time than putting together the front and centre
initiative.
9371 MR. EDWARDS: Yes, it does, but we also had to weigh
what was the best return on the investment and the name of the game here is to
get some more Canadian content exposure and more airplay. So we are taking the position, being a
small company, perhaps our impact would be greater to work with another
organization.
9372 THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay. If the Commission was to decide to grant
two licences to Lethbridge, which one will have the lesser impact on your
business plan?
9373 MR. EDWARDS: The second FM that you give
us.
‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires
9374 MR. EDWARDS: I think that probably the application by
Elmer would not give us any hesitation at all.
9375 THE CHAIRPERSON: And if we were to grant, say, the Demers
Company or Newcap ‑‑ say, if we were to grant also Newcap, you are going to
be really competing for the same audience?
9376 MR. EDWARDS: I think Newcap's application would be
for a younger audience than yours.
9377 THE CHAIRPERSON: Than yours. Okay, fine.
9378 The legal counsel wants
to ask you a further commitment.
9379 MS BENNETT: No, just a clarification. With respect to the advertiser study
that you discussed with Commissioner del Val that information is not something
that would be treated as confidential under the Commission's Rules of
Procedure. So I just wanted to ask
if you could perhaps file an abridged version with no names that could be filed
on the public record, and if you needed more time to do that, then, you know, if
you needed until next week or something, that would be fine for
filing.
9380 MR. YERZA: That can be filed today. We will simply remove any reference to
the people that were talked to, their phone numbers, the businesses, the
cross‑section of advertisers.
9381 MS BENNETT: All right, thank you very
much.
9382 THE CHAIRPERSON: Now, it is time for the wrap‑up of this
appearance. So could you, in your
own words, tell the Commission why we should retain your application over all
the others that we are going to be hearing today?
9383 MS MICALLEF: Thank you.
9384 Firstly, we would like
to start with why Lethbridge?
9385 I think we have shown
that the Lethbridge market is booming.
The Mayor of Lethbridge himself just last month was quoted as saying that
measuring the dollar value of building permits in the city was an indicator that
Lethbridge was attracting its share of the economic boom experienced by the
province as a whole. So Lethbridge,
like the rest of Alberta, is doing very well. In fact, their retail market is $1.4
billion. They haven't had a licence
in over 36 years.
9386 So why Lethbridge? We think that we have shown that it
makes a lot of sense right now for Lethbridge to have another radio
station.
9387 In terms of the age
demographics that we have identified, 35‑54 represents the largest 20‑year age
block in the community and it is largely unserved by the radio stations that are
presently there.
9388 If we were awarded a
licence to provide a classic hits FM radio station in Lethbridge and in the
area, we would provide diversity of programming; we would provide a diversity of
voices; we would provide local presence, a strong local
presence.
9389 We would make a cash
commitment of $245,000 to FACTOR, an additional $95,000 to additional Canadian
talent development programs, including one that was focused on the Aboriginal
community in the Lethbridge area.
We would be able to achieve this through a business plan that was strong,
that is reasonable, that is well financed and that is attainable. It is attainable because we have
identified the right format, the right core group that is not being addressed
and it is a group that is an important part of the advertising community and
advertising decisions.
9390 Two of our founders,
Paul and Jason Mann, are from the area.
They have ties to the area, they have worked in the area, they have
worked in radio in the area and they understand the community. They are passionate about
radio.
9391 When Paul and Brian and
Jason and I founded Vista Radio we did it with a vision that we wanted to make a
difference in the small markets that we served. We believe that we are making that
difference in British Columbia. We
want to make that difference in Alberta.
9392 We are asking you to
help us make our vision a reality by giving us a licence in Lethbridge. Thank you.
9393 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very
much.
9394 Just before ‑‑ may
I put the following question to you, Mrs. Micallef? You just mentioned that father and son
Mann come from Lethbridge. If you
were granted a licence, will any of the two return to live in
Lethbridge?
9395 MR. P. MANN: I have been the one designated to answer
that question because my mom, who just turned 80, is saying, you have been on
the road since you were 16, isn't it time to come home?
9396 So while I am not
prepared to commit full time, certainly, for the first year to 18 months of
launching this product and working with the building of the product, the teams
and the business community, absolutely, that will be a primary residence for
me. Where we go from there depends
on our business as a whole.
9397 But as an initial
commitment, absolutely, and I can say that on an interim basis because Jason is
integral to building our product side wherever we go, we will have a significant
joint presence in certainly the first 18 months.
9398 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very
much.
9399 We will break for the
lunch period and we will ‑‑ oh, the secretary wants to add
something.
9400 THE SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr.
Chairman.
9401 I just want to say for
the record that the spoken word programming matrix that was produced this
morning by the Vista applicant will be available in the public examination room
on this applicant's file. Thank
you.
9402 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
9403 So we will break for
lunch and we will get back at a quarter past one.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing at 1200 / Suspension à
1200
‑‑‑ Upon resuming at 1315 / Reprise à
1315
9404 THE CHAIRPERSON: Order, please.
9405 I will ask the
secretary to introduce the next item.
9406 THE SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr.
Chairman.
9407 Before we go on to the
next item, I would just like to say for the record that the document called
"Open Line Programming Policy" for the Jim Pattison Broadcast Group, which was
item 6 on the agenda, this document has been filed with the panel and will be
available in the public examination room for anybody to consult. Thank you.
9408 Now, we are proceeding
to item 16 on the agenda which is an application by Newcap Inc. for a licence to
operate an English‑language FM commercial radio programming undertaking in
Lethbridge.
9409 The new station would
operate on frequency 94.1 MHz (channel 231C1) with an effective radiated power
of 100,000 watts (non‑directional antenna/antenna height of 174.3
metres).
9410 Appearing for the
applicant is Mr. Rob Steele who will introduce his colleagues and you will have
20 minutes for your presentation.
Mr. Steele.
PRESENTATION /
PRÉSENTATION
9411 MR. STEELE: Good afternoon, Mr. Chair and
Commissioners, members of the Commission and Commission
staff.
9412 I am Rob Steele,
President and Chief Executive Officer of Newcap Radio and I would like to
introduce the members of my team.
9413 Seated in the front row
to my far left is Josie Geuer, the Music Director of our Ottawa urban CHR
station HOT 89.9. Next to Josie is
Rob Mise, Group Program Director of Newcap.
9414 Josie and Rob worked
together in Ottawa until very recently and they led the team that made the
launch of HOT 89.9 a huge success for us there in Ottawa.
9415 Next to Rob is Mark
Maheu, Executive Vice‑President and Chief Operating Officer for
Newcap.
Seated beside me is Dave Murray, Vice‑President of Operations for Newcap
Radio.
9416 Mr. Chairman, we are
very excited about the possibilities and opportunities in the Lethbridge market
and we are surprised that more broadcasters did not answer your call for
applications for a new radio station to serve Lethbridge because as you heard
earlier today from other applicants, Lethbridge is an attractive and a dynamic
market. Its residents deserve as
much choice as Canadians in similar size markets.
9417 Today, we will present
to you the economic case for Lethbridge, our research into the programming needs
of the market and our proposals to meet those needs.
9418 I would like to ask
Mark Maheu to present some context for the radio industry in the smaller markets
of this province.
9419 MR. MAHEU: Thank you, Rob, and good afternoon, Mr.
Chair, members of the Commission, staff.
9420 We are already well
embarked on a new era for radio in this country. As the Commission noted in its Review of
Radio Public Notice, we are seeing an increase in the competition for the ears
and leisure time of the public. Two
satellite radio companies are already launched, providing 100 channels or more
in a variety of formats. It is
likely that among the early adopters of this technology will be the residents of
smaller and medium‑size markets throughout the country, those with relatively
limited choice in local radio stations.
9421 Music downloads to the
computer, to the cell phone, iPods, MP3 players and other non‑conventional
sources are flourishing. Youth
tuning continues to decline. For
example, the average hours tuned by teens declined in Canada from 11.3 hours per
week to 8.5 hours a week between 1999 and 2004. Among men 18‑24 the decline was from
16.8 hours a week down to 15.5, and among women of the same age group, 17 hours
a week down to 15.9.
9422 We know that local
radio can be successful against these emerging technologies even when they play
music. The local touch is very
important to listeners of all age groups whether for news, local events, weather
or even the opportunity to call in for contests or influence the sound of the
radio station.
9423 Market surveys,
listener callouts, emails, music tests, all help tailor the sound to local
tastes. Compare this to paying a
monthly fee for programming designed in Washington, D.C., New York or even
Toronto. However, we must provide
the music format that appeals to listeners and in many markets radio has failed
young people, in particular, in its search for the Baby‑Boom
generation.
9424 So while in larger
markets like Ottawa we can provide two youth‑oriented radio stations
successfully with our CHR urban station and our modern rock station, younger
audiences in other markets have a lot less choice. The good news is that when services are
provided the audiences respond. The
success of our CHR stations attest to this.
9425 We believe that we will
be successful in Lethbridge with a younger listener group because we approach it
as we have in many other markets across Canada and here is how we go about doing
this.
9426 We pick markets with a
capacity, we believe, will support new radio stations. In a second, Dave Murray is going to
tell you a little bit more about the bright economic future for
Lethbridge.
9427 We then look for the
biggest unserved group of listeners in the market, and Rob Mise will outline our
research findings in Lethbridge.
9428 Then we go to
work. We have a great team in place
at Newcap and when we launch a new radio station we are able to attract the best
and brightest people to bring their passion for radio and to join
us.
9429 The end result of all
these efforts will be a radio station playing the hit music and providing the
services Lethbridge needs and wants.
9430 MR. MURRAY: Thank you, Mark. Good afternoon,
Commissioners.
9431 Like all of Alberta,
the Lethbridge area continues to benefit from an economic growth. The Lethbridge census area, which is
largely made up of Lethbridge and its surrounding trading area, continues to
show growth in all key economic indicators. Here are a few.
9432 From 1996 to 2001, the
population grew by 10 per cent according to Stats Can, and from 2001 to 2004, it
grew a further 4 per cent according to Alberta Municipal Affairs. Between 1996 and 2001, the number of
people employed in the area grew by 10 per cent. In the same period, median family income
grew by 13 per cent from $14,000 to $53,000.
9433 These facts lead us to
conclude that there are more people in Lethbridge with more jobs and more money
to spend on homes, vehicles, appliances as well as restaurants and other
services.
9434 It is no surprise that
Financial Post Markets confirms this optimism. It projects that the retail sales of
$1.9 billion in 2006 are projected to grow by $100 million per year for every
year until 2011 to a total of $2.4 billion. That is a growth rate of 26 per
cent.
9435 The Lethbridge economy
is a diversified one. With 33 per
cent of Alberta's farmgate receipts, the dairy and cattle businesses, grains and
other cash crops help drive the economy.
As a result, food processing is a major industry.
9436 Lethbridge is southern
Alberta's shopping hub with several shopping centres and a downtown serving a
retail trading area of about 275,000 people which extends into the United States
and British Columbia.
9437 The city is also the
service and convention centre for southern Alberta, with multiple tourist
attractions.
9438 The University of
Alberta attracts students from all over Alberta, Canada and the world. These young people are prime prospects
for our proposed format.
9439 The Alberta radio
industry is among the most successful in the country with an average annual
growth rate in the years from 2001 to 2004‑05 of 10 per cent in revenue and 9
per cent in profit before interest and taxes. The profit margins are among Canada's
highest with a profit before interest and taxes margin of 30 per
cent.
9440 The two existing
licensees, Rogers and Pattison, each with two stations, are well positioned both
financially and competitively to continue to be successful with the addition of
a new competitor.
9441 Newcap is confident
that this market can easily sustain our proposed station, particularly since it
will provide a service aiming at a previously underserved demographic
group.
9442 Now, to talk about how
we choose our format, I would like to introduce Rob Mise.
9443 MR. MISE: Thank you, David.
9444 Our approach to finding
the right format for Lethbridge is the same as what Mark Kassof presented to you
in our Calgary application. We did
not go in to test a format we had already selected or limit ourselves to an age
group that we had decided in advance is underserved. Rather, we tested a wide range of age
groups within a variety of formats, the most popular ones from our
experience.
9445 In the case of
Lethbridge, we surveyed 18‑64 year olds to check their interest in eight
different formats. But we are not
only interested in the most popular format, we also look to find one that is not
already served in the marketplace.
So in addition to our questions on current listening habits and music
preferences, we also asked if there is a station playing the various kinds of
music in the market.
9446 We then calculated what
we call the percent of format void for the market and for various demographic
groups. We checked into this
against recent market developments and other factors such as satisfaction with
radio by the various demographic groups.
9447 The percent of format
void is highest for classic hits followed by contemporary hit radio or CHR. But we had to temper this with the
relatively recent change of a Pattison station to classic
hits.
9448 A check against some
other questions reinforces the choice of CHR. The format has the highest percent of
format void among 18‑34 year olds, both men and women. Those who are the most interested in CHR
have the lowest rate of satisfaction with Lethbridge radio of any of the formats
tested at 2.7 on a scale of 1‑5.
9449 Now to tell you more
about the sound of the station we are going to be talking about is Josie
Geuer.
9450 MS GEUER: At Newcap, we have a lot of experience
in the successful launch of stations oriented to young adults. In Ottawa, our station HOT 89.9 has been
a critical success and I am proud of what our team has done there in a few short
years. We will bring the same
diligence and energy to HOT 94.1.
9451 Newcap runs CHR
stations in several markets and we have learned a few lessons about this on the
way. We do not cookie‑cutter these
stations. To be successful they
have to have their own personality and reflect the nature of the
market.
9452 So HOT 94.1 will be a
broader CHR format than our Ottawa station where there are other stations
serving youth and young adults.
With a target demographic that certainly includes teens but also 18‑34
year olds we will include a lot more pop music in the mix along with the best of
today's modern rock, hip‑hop and other hits.
9453 If we were on air today
you would be hearing great Canadian artists like Keisha Chante, Mesari,
Nickelback, Carl Henry, A Simple Plan and Melissa O'Neill, and international
artists like Kelly Clarkson, Pussycat Dolls and Fallout
Boy.
9454 Along with our
energized music mix including lots of talk about the world of music and pop
culture, we will have a number of special interest music programs that will be
as interactive as possible, giving our audience the chance to reach us through
instant messaging, email or their cell phones.
9455 Local shows like the
HOT's "Seven at Seven," "Battle of the Beats," and "Instant Request" will all
showcase the new "HOT and Happening" while asking our listeners to get involved
in choosing and commenting on their favourite picks, and Lethbridge will have
both its own "Top 30 Countdown" and Newcap's "National Canadian Hit 30,"
featuring the top hit music for the week across Canada along with the best
Canadian hits of the week.
9456 Our approach will be
fun and upbeat. We will showcase
our audience's favourite music but speak to them about what is going on in their
world.
9457 Our newsroom with the
equivalent of four full‑time people will produce 53 weekly news packages, 35
community event updates, 35 public affairs features and a weekly hour public
affairs program. The emphasis will
be largely on the local news of Lethbridge and area accounting for about 75 per
cent of the stories.
9458 At Newcap we are strong
believers in investing in Canadian music at all levels to help build a pipeline
of appealing Canadian music that our audiences are eager to listen to. We propose to spend $700,000 over the
course of the licence to support Canadian music. Our initiatives in Lethbridge are aimed
at three levels.
9459 Basic music
education. We propose to devote
$15,000 each year for a total of $105,000 over the term of licence to
initiatives with the Lethbridge Board of Education, with $5,000 annually for the
purchase of instruments for students who can't afford them, $5,000 for music
scholarships and $5,000 to support the annual music
festival.
9460 Educating developing
musicians. We will spend $385,000
on the creation of the Southern Alberta Music Conference, a regional equivalent
of Canadian Music Week, providing musicians with the opportunity to meet and
work with labels, producers, managers and top‑flight musicians to learn more
about developing their musical skills and careers. The conference will include a contest
whose winner will get both cash and airplay from
Newcap.
9461 Helping emerging acts
to the next stage. We propose to
provide $210,000 to the Radio Starmaker Fund to support promotional and market
opportunities for new and emerging acts.
9462 Rob Steele will now sum
up our presentation.
9463 MR. STEELE: Thank you, Josie.
9464 We believe that our
application is in the public interest and deserves your consideration for the
following reasons.
9465 Number one: Lethbridge is a growing and dynamic
market that deserves a great new radio station, particularly one that targets a
group that is currently greatly underserved.
9466 Two: Newcap will bring a new listening choice
to the market with the financial resources, great people and new ideas to make a
great new station come to life.
9467 Three: HOT 94.1 will bring a new editorial
voice to the market with the resources necessary to provide a credible voice to
a younger demographic.
9468 Four: We propose to invest $700,000 in
Canadian talent development.
9469 Five: We will be playing new Canadian music
supporting a new generation of artists.
9470 Six: We will invest $4.1 million for program
expenses to provide the highest quality local service we
can.
9471 And finally, we have
chosen the most underserved group in the market, identified through extensive
research looking at market preferences for a wide range of
formats.
9472 Thank you for your
attention. Mark Maheu and our team
will be pleased to answer any questions you may have.
9473 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr.
Steele.
9474 Commissioner
Duncan.
9475 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Good afternoon. We note in part of your five‑hour spoken
word commitment that you did not include DJ banter and we were just wondering if
you could give us an estimate of how much in addition that would add to the
five‑hour weekly commitment.
9476 MR. MAHEU: Commissioner Duncan, I am assuming you
mean the general ‑‑
9477 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN:
Chatter.
9478 MR. MAHEU: ‑‑
talk on the air and so on?
9479 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN:
Yes.
9480 MR. MAHEU: It is likely the equivalent of that or a
bit more. I would say 5 to 7 hours
a week over the course of a seven‑day week.
9481 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: So double the
amount?
9482 MR. MAHEU: Yes. And that would be just
general ‑‑
9483 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Talk?
9484 MR. MAHEU: ‑‑
talk back and forth and information and morning shows, things like
that.
9485 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: In your October
28th deficiency response you indicated you will be live to air 6:00
a.m. to midnight daily and voice‑tracked overnight. You also indicate in that response that
the "Canadian Hit 30" program originating from your Ottawa radio station will
represent one hour per week of non‑local programming.
9486 Will there be any other
non‑locally produced programming aired during the broadcast week, and if so, how
much?
9487 MR. MAHEU: Likely there is going to be at least one
syndicated countdown program that would be non‑locally produced. That would probably run three hours a
week and likely, like we do in other places, we would air it twice. So there's six hours a week of
non‑originating programming.
9488 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: That is like a weekday
evening?
9489 MR. MAHEU: It would likely be on the
weekends.
9490 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Thank
you.
9491 I am turning now to the
CTD and specifically to the Alberta Musicians' Convention, Southeastern Alberta
Musicians' Convention. We are
wondering who would be invited to attend the convention and if the invitation
will be strictly limited to musicians from the southeastern part of
Alberta.
9492 MR. MAHEU: I am going to ask Rob Mise in just a
moment to expand a little bit on that but I should give you some of the details
on that.
9493 I should preface it
with the idea behind this annual music conference would be to make it as
inclusive as possible.
Predominantly, we were kind of counting on the fact that people within
the province of Alberta generally would be the first ones to kind of gravitate
towards it but we hope to see this kind of grow and mushroom much like the
Canadian Music Week Conference started.
9494 I know personally, I
was at the very first one when it was called the Record Conference back in the
early 80s and you could have counted the people in the room on five different
hands. It wasn't a very big crowd
and then it has grown into what we see today as being the premier music
event.
9495 So we see it as being
open to everybody but we think in the early years it will be predominantly
people from Alberta.
9496 I will let Rob expand
on that a little bit.
9497 MR. MISE: When we were putting together the
application for today, we asked, what can we do for musicians and for artists to
provide support for the Alberta music industry, and we are very excited about
this. We have kind of dubbed the
whole program "The Future is Now."
9498 Mark mentioned Music
Week in Toronto which starts this week and Newcap is a corporate sponsor. The east coast has the ECMAs and, of
course, Vancouver has New Music West.
Then we talk about the Prairies with great outstanding talent like Jann
Arden and Ian Tyson, Nickelback, Paul Brandt.
9499 This is a convention
for musicians, songwriters, also for artists, labels, independents, students,
teachers. This is going to be an
all‑inclusive two‑day event for them regardless of their job experience or their
job title. It is very
grassroots. It is for emerging
singers and songwriters and it will be directed by the stakeholders who are the
artists and musicians.
9500 It will be slow to
start. We are going to roll it out
as the years go on but we see the artists and musicians really being in charge
of this program and we see many of them who will be attending for the very first
time. As opposed to hopping on a
plane to go into Toronto or Vancouver, this could be a half‑day drive into
Lethbridge for this conference.
9501 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Now, Mr. Mise, a further
question on that. Then how would
you go about soliciting or inviting people to come?
9502 MR. MISE: We will be advertising on all of our
Alberta radio stations inviting the public, plus we will be using extensive
database material too for that.
9503 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Thank you. Just continuing on then with the budget,
we noted that you had allowed in the budget $5,800 for high school
scholarships. So first of all, we
wanted to clarify if these were in addition to the $5,000 allowed for in the
Lethbridge School Board music program.
9504 MR. MURRAY: Yes, they are in addition to
that.
9505 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: In addition. Thank you. And how would those then ‑‑ could
you give us some detail on how they would be administered?
9506 MR. MAHEU: Do you want to answer that
one?
9507 MR. MISE: Sure, please. The $5,000, for example, is for the
purchase of students' ‑‑ for the instruments and we are certainly aware
that there is no shortage of need here.
9508 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Well, this is on the $5,800
now for the musicians' convention.
That is the one I was wondering about the details on. There is $5,800 in the budget. It is called High School
Scholarships.
9509 MR. MISE: Yes.
9510 COMMISSIONER DUNCAN:
Go ahead. I am sorry, I didn't mean to interrupt
you.
9511 MR. MISE: No, that is okay.
9512 MR. MAHEU: I think ‑‑ if I can just borrow
this page.
9513 MR. MISE: Sure.
9514 MR. MAHEU: You are talking about the budget we have
laid out for the Southern Alberta Music Conference?
9515 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN:
Exactly.
9516 MR. MAHEU: Yes. We budgeted $5,800 for high school
sponsorships, and as Dave mentioned, that is in addition to what we budgeted in
the schools. This is still very
much in the formulaic stages of what we want to do with the conference and what
it will become but what we kind of had in mind is that in conjunction with the
conference annually that we would make $5,800 available in scholarships and we
haven't determined how many or what the amounts would be, probably in the area
of $800 to $1,200 so we could do a number of them by region and those would be
awarded annually as part of our Southern Alberta Music Conference. These would be for deserving students
mostly at the high school level to continue their music
education.
9517 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: I noticed one other point
you mentioned is that they wouldn't be for tuition but these are more like
prizes, are they?
9518 MR. MAHEU: Exactly, they are almost like bursaries
or honorariums that would be awarded.
9519 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Thank
you.
9520 With regards to that
budget and the personnel, you indicate a convention manager, an IT supervisor
and a technical director. Are these
people in addition to Newcap's salary budget or are they employees of
Newcap?
9521 MR. MURRAY: No, these are individuals that would be
hired to operate the convention on a full‑time basis during its tenure, like not
full‑time all year‑round, I mean, but while the convention is being organized
and at the convention itself.
9522 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Okay. You indicate also in that budget that
$12,900 would go for the talent contest winner and you indicate for producer,
studio time, cash prize, radio play.
Does this amount represent out‑of‑pocket expenses to be paid to outside
parties or are they in‑kind contributions?
9523 MR. MURRAY: No, they would be outside third‑party
contributions.
9524 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: So the radio play then,
when you include radio play in that, there is no dollar amount attributed
to ‑‑
9525 MR. MAHEU: There is no cash value associated with
that, no.
9526 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Okay, thank
you.
9527 Just on the merchandise
souvenir table, a $4,400 component to the program, we were just curious if you
could give us some idea about what you see happening there. I assume it is going to generate
revenues. What will happen with the
monies generated?
9528 MR. MISE: We don't really expect it to make any
money at all. This is more just
souvenirs of the event.
9529 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: So people will buy them it
will just cover the cost?
9530 MR. MISE: That is correct.
9531 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Thank
you.
9532 MR. MAHEU: Madam Commissioner, if I may too, just
on that point because it is an important point.
9533 The money that we are
budgeting each year for the Southern Alberta Music Conference, that is for the
course of the seven years of the licence but we also know that once something
like this starts, just because at the end of a seven‑year licence period ‑‑
we are not anticipating stopping it.
9534 So the idea in our
minds is to start small, we put some seed money towards this, enough that we
figure we can get it going over the course of the seven years but if it grows
like we think it is going to grow, it is going to cost much more than the
$55,000 a year that we have budgeted.
9535 Our approach to this is
going to be that this is a not‑for‑profit operation. So in other words, if there are any
profits made from this, whether it is through souvenirs or at some point we are
doing showcase shows where you have to buy a ticket to get in or something like
that, above and beyond the free stuff that is available, if there is any revenue
generated from this, it is going to go into adding on to next
year's.
9536 It is not going to be a
self‑liquidating thing by any respect because we think this is going to cost
probably a little more than we budget because these things tend to always cost
more than we think they are going to cost.
We are committed to doing it but we are also trying to see well into the
future that this is going to continue after the first seven‑year licence period
is done and we can't just say then, well, we have done our bit for king and
country and you are on your own.
9537 We see ourselves as
being a partner and a founding partner in this and it is going to be our
responsibility to continue to see it funded as time goes on. We hope that after the course of the
seven years is done it can fund itself, and starting things like this in the
early going may help us get there.
9538 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: All right, I appreciate
that.
9539 MR. MAHEU: Okay.
9540 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: That is very
enlightening. I think that is
helpful. Probably it might make
some of my questions sound petty but I am just kind of curious to get sort of a
better understanding of what some of the projects are but I am glad you made
those comments.
9541 The technical sessions
then, for example, that you would offer, are they an in‑kind donation or are
those third‑party contributions or payments to third parties as
well?
9542 MR. MISE: Also third‑party payment,
correct.
9543 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: So these would be musicians
who need ‑‑ what would they be getting for that?
9544 MR. MAHEU: I think what we are referring to there
is there is going to be some cost for the technical setup to do some of these
workshops and so on and some of that is budgeted. I think when you get into who is going
to be doing the actual work conducting these, we are going to rely on a number
of things.
9545 We have a number of
radio stations across the country, some of them in fairly significant
markets. Those are very important
markets to labels. They lean on us
an awful lot to play their music and to help them do what they need to do, as
they do with every radio station, but I think this is a way that we can lean
back a little bit and say, listen, you have got some great emerging artists or
you have got a couple of songwriters that are making a lot of great hit music
right now in your stable, in your roster, and can you get them out to the
Southern Alberta Music Conference.
9546 I think we are going to
try to use relationships we have built.
We have a very good relationship and I think most of the people that are
going to participate as speakers, as teachers or as facilitators for certain
seminars are going to come on a no‑charge basis and we have enough time each
year to kind of start lining that up.
9547 For instance, most of
the speakers, if not all of them, at CMW are not compensated for their
appearance and we are going to approach the Southern Alberta Music Conference
the same way.
9548 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: You raise an interesting
point or you make me think of an interesting point. You have not allowed for a CTD
coordinator. So who would be
responsible for ‑‑ because this obviously is going to take quite a bit of
organization.
9549 MR. MAHEU: It is and it
is going to be basically a stationwide effort. It is going to be headed up by the
general manager, the program director, the promotion director, the music
director. We envision the whole
staff taking this on as a project.
It is part of our commitment to making ourselves part of the Lethbridge
community. So it is going to be a
full‑out station effort. We do not
and have not budgeted anybody as a coordinator.
9550 If we find this thing
is bigger than we thought it was going to be and it needs some full‑time
management, then we will hire full‑time management and that management of the
conference will be funded outside of our commitment to the Canadian Talent
Development. So it would be on our
nickel on the expense line.
9551 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Thank
you.
9552 The Special Women in
Broadcast session, I was curious to know what you envision
there.
9553 MR. MISE: That is actually a typo. It should say: "Special Women in Music" session as
opposed to broadcast.
9554 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN:
Okay.
9555 MR. MISE: I am sorry about
that.
9556 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Okay. Then I probably don't have to ask the
question.
9557 Now turning to the
Lethbridge School Music Board program, you indicate that the scholarships are
not designed to offer tuition costs ‑‑ this is in your brief, I
believe ‑‑ but to help raise awareness and to promote music program
excellence. I am wondering if they
would be more accurately described then as prizes than scholarships. Are they actually going to be
scholarships, as required?
9558 MR. MAHEU: If that is what it takes to make it
work, that is our intent.
9559 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: This is my advice to
you.
9560 MR. MAHEU: Yes. We would do it in such a way that it
does qualify but the important part is that the money gets to the people where
it can do the most good.
9561 COMMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I think you have got him
going, Elizabeth. Just keep
tightening the screw.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
9562 MR. MAHEU: The key here is to get the money to the
people where it can do the most good and there are some very young deserving
students, I think, throughout the school system that could use a little help
getting their music career to the next level, and as always, we would work with
the appropriate authorities within the school to identify those folks and create
a system whereby it could be awarded properly and used for the right
reasons. It is for them to continue
their musical education.
9563 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Thank
you.
9564 I am turning to the
market study and ‑‑ I am just referencing your market study and you
expressed interest in the CHR format.
We wondered if you were confident ‑‑ obviously you are but I will
ask anyway ‑‑ that the surveyed 23 per cent of positive interest and 9 per
cent of strong positive interest constitutes a potential audience sufficient to
make your business plan viable.
9565 MR. MAHEU: There is no question about that. In our research study ‑‑ it was
interesting listening this morning to the Vista presentation because they did
research on the Lethbridge market and there are some differences in opinion on
where the opportunities are. We are
very confident in the market's ability, based on our research, to support a
contemporary hit radio station.
9566 One of the things we
should note, in this particular study, we only surveyed 18‑64 year olds; so
teens do not make up part of this research study. But we know from our practical
experience in our own markets where we have top 40 radio stations and when you
look at the ratings of markets across the country, any top 40 radio station has
a significant share of teens. So we
kind of know right away that we are going to have teen tuning and a pretty
significant share of it.
9567 So when you add that
tuning, which is not included in the research tuning that we are projecting, we
are very, very confident that there is more than enough share here to have a
significant presence in the marketplace and be able to fulfill our business
plan.
9568 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Just following along with
some of what we heard this morning, you had ‑‑ I read in your brief ‑‑
considered the classic hits and decided against that, that this was the better
route for you. I am just wondering
if there was anything that you heard this morning, particularly with respect to
the Pattison Group's Tabor station, if you were aware that they had changed
their format, as I understood this morning.
9569 MR. MAHEU: Yes, and some of those things had an
impact, had a definite impact on our decision to go with a contemporary hit
radio station. If I could take
maybe 90 seconds or so to kind of go through that for you.
9570 The Pattison station in
Tabor is positioning itself as 80s, 90s and now. Now, we operate a number of classic hits
radio stations in different markets across Canada. So we have some really good practical
experience with classic hits and what makes that work and we know that about 90
per cent of the classic hits format is 80s, 90s and today. Eighties, 90s and now could be another
word for classic hits or another acronym for it because that is exactly the
essence of what classic hits is. A
little bit of 70s in classic hits but only about 10 per cent. Ninety per cent of it is 80s, 90s and
today.
9571 So when we look at and
when you listen to the Pattison radio station ‑‑ and it has gone through a
number of changes over the years in terms of what its programming is ‑‑ it
is very much what you would hear on any classic hits radio station across Canada
right now, very, very close. So we
perceive that one to be a classic hits radio station that is already on in the
market. It is not as highly rated
as some of the other radio stations in the city but when we did our research we
saw that there could be a hole for classic hits and we have to ask ourselves,
okay, why would there be a hole for classic hits if there is a station that is
classic hits or pretty much classic hits already?
9572 And this is not meant
with any disrespect whatsoever to the Pattison Group because they are excellent
broadcasters and do a great job but normally when you see an opportunity like
that the research is telling you that if there is a station in that format right
now, it is not doing a very good job or it is not doing as good a job as it
could maybe do to maximize the potential of the format.
9573 There may be a whole
bunch of reasons that we are not aware of for that to be happening but the fact
of the matter is if you take a look at the type of music a classic hit station
plays, that music is being played predominantly on one radio station in the
marketplace and it is the Pattison station.
9574 So when we looked at
the research, we thought, well, there is a call for applications, where is the
opportunity in the market? And we
are also aware of all the different criteria that the Commission looks at when
licensing a new applicant. One of
the criteria is what impact is it going to have on the incumbent broadcasters in
the market.
9575 When we looked at all
of that and boiled it all down, and there was a pretty significant opportunity
for contemporary hit radio which does not exist in the market at all, it became
a much easier decision for us to make and then we did the business plan around
that. So that is why we think top
40 or contemporary hit radio is the opportunity because that format does not
exist in any shape or form right now.
9576 One more thing, if I
may, to sum up on your question.
From what we heard this morning, the characterization by the Vista Group
that three of the four broadcasters in the market are targeting a younger
audience, we don't believe that that is accurate.
9577 If you look at the BBM
results and you take a look at the radio stations and how they are doing in
certain demographic groups and the formats that they are in, it is an easy case
to make.
9578 When you take a look at
the Rogers, HOT AC radio station is the number one radio station 35‑54 by a
country mile and it does a great job in an older demo. Country is predominantly normally in
most markets an older demo as well, and the rock station is filling a fairly
wide hole as an active rock station and it does well young and it does well
35‑54, especially with men.
9579 So we don't believe the
assertation that there is a lot of choice there for younger listeners and we
think that a top 40 station could move in there and fill a nice gap that is
available.
9580 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: So your target audience,
again, is ‑‑
9581 MR. MAHEU: Eighteen to 34.
9582 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Eighteen to 34. And the rock station would not
be ‑‑ Rogers rock station would target what ‑‑ what age group would
they target?
9583 MR. MAHEU: Right now, that rock station is likely
targeting an 18‑44 demographic and the ratings it has 18‑34 are quite high but
part of that is by virtue of the fact that there is no top 40 alternative right
now in the marketplace. When you
take a look at top 40 music right now, it is pretty much made up 50 per cent pop
and dance music and 50 per cent pop alternative, and the Rogers station is
certainly playing some of that pop alternative
music.
9584 There is no CHR station
in the city playing it. So they are
going to generate maybe a large audience than they might if there was
competition. So there is certainly
a little bit of audience that is at risk there but it would be at risk no matter
who came in. Anybody serving a
younger audience is going to take a little bit of that away when that is not
your primary focus.
9585 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: That is very helpful,
especially in light of the comments we had this morning. So you are obviously convinced you have
made the right decision?
9586 MR. MAHEU: Absolutely! Even more so now.
9587 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Thank
you.
9588 The Commission notes
the market study that you provided to determine the proposed format and the
financial assumptions behind the revenue projections for your proposed service
but we are just wondering if you could link the two for us, if you could explain
how you use the results from the demand study to get to your projected
revenue.
9589 MR. MURRAY: Thank you. The audience share that we feel we will
achieve, as we indicated in deficiency, is 13 or 14 per cent. And basically sort of going through our
experience in many size markets that we are in like Fredericton, which is around
the same population and Red Deer, et cetera, we came up with our revenue in that
way or we came up with our revenue, as you indicated in Appendix 4.4, by looking
at the number of minutes and the rate per minute that we felt was reasonable in
these size markets, and then we looked at that amount and compared them to what
we were getting in Fredericton, Red Deer, et cetera, for a station, also taking
into consideration that it would take some time to build that revenue up after
you have launched. We felt that
starting at $1.2 and growing to almost $2 million in seven years was
reasonable.
9590 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: It was amazing to me how
close your projections were with Vista's as if somebody was looking over
somebody's shoulder.
9591 MR. MURRAY: Right.
9592 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: The projections ‑‑ it
was quite interesting that they were that close.
9593 MR. MURRAY: Quite
coincidental.
9594 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: With respect to the market
impact, you project that 35 per cent will come from the incumbent station and I
am just wondering, most of that ‑‑ did I read that you expect it would come
from the Rogers station?
9595 MR. MAHEU: Thirty‑five per cent would likely come
from incumbent stations and it ‑‑ although we don't have the revenue
figures that other markets ‑‑ we don't know what Rogers is billing and we
don't know what Pattison is billing.
We know by looking at the ratings and our general overall knowledge of
both of those companies in the business, we have a sense of how well each one is
doing.
9596 The more you have, the
more you have to lose, I guess. So
we are suggesting that Rogers is probably billing a little more money in that
market. So some of it would come
from them. Certainly, if they have
a rock station, which they do, and some of their audience is in our target demo,
there is a direct correlation there as well.
9597 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: So in concluding that 65
per cent will either come from expanded budgets or new radio advertisers, do you
have a scientific approach to coming up with that number?
9598 MR. MAHEU: It is something we look at in every
market where we have a radio station or we have a new radio station going
on. It is a relatively unscientific
approach. It is based on a lot of
experience, what has happened in the past.
9599 Our experience is when
new radio stations sign on in the market, whatever growth rate was existing in
that market and would have happened anyways is somewhat accelerated and the more
radio stations you add, the bigger the degree of acceleration for a period of
time, and it normally lasts anywhere between 12 and 18
months.
9600 So if you have a market
that is ticking along at 5 per cent annual increases every year and just seems
to be going up with the economy, if you were to license a new radio station or
two, all of a sudden that market might grow 8, 9, 10 per cent the first year and
it might even grow 8 or 9 per cent the second year and then kind of come back to
the normal levels of growth.
9601 The reason for that, we
found, is that when you add more people in a market, especially a smaller
market, where more people are out there selling radio, talking up radio a little
more, and when new competition comes in, existing incumbent broadcasters, they
tend to step up their game a little bit too and they are back to selling radio
again, maybe not just themselves but how they are different from everybody
else. It is good for the business
and business tends to be a little better over
time.
9602 So we feel by adding
another radio station to the market, the market will actually expand a little
more than it would have without a new radio station. So that will help fund some of
it.
9603 The other thing that we
are counting on is the fact that we are proposing to bring a new format to
Lethbridge, a format that targets a younger adult audience, and right now it is
a little difficult to reach that younger adult audience on any of the existing
radio stations.
9604 We believe that there
are a number of business categories in this market, the same kind of business
categories we find in other markets we are doing business in, that would like to
reach a younger demographic but they have to buy an older‑targeted radio station
or pay for a lot of reach they really don't need and they are not using as much
radio, if any at all. So we think
that offering a product that is going to reach a targeted group of people is
going to bring some of those advertisers to the table where they might not be
there now.
9605 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: What about the age
demographic then of this market?
How is the age demographic?
9606 MR. MAHEU: As compared to the national
average?
9607 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Well, I am just wondering,
on the total population, is it young, old, in Lethbridge?
9608 MR. MAHEU: I know that Alberta is slightly younger
than the national average and I think that has a lot to do with a lot of younger
people moving to the province from other provinces to go to work because the
economy is so strong here. Our
understanding of Lethbridge is it is just about the national average in terms of
average age. So there isn't a
disproportionately large or small number of people in any demographic
group.
9609 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: So how many licences do you
think, Mr. Maheu, that the market could sustain?
9610 MR. MAHEU: Hum ‑‑ no. Mr. Murray said five and I don't think
that is correct.
9611 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: It will make our decision
easier.
‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires
9612 MR. MAHEU: That is a different
place.
9613 Are you considering the
Spirit FM power upgrade to full station status as a new
licence?
9614 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: You can ignore that for
that question.
9615 MR. MAHEU: Okay. Setting that one aside, there is
certainly room for one. I guess it
would depend on what the format was going to be for the second
one.
9616 You have consolidated
competition in the marketplace with Rogers and Pattison each owning two, and I
am going to give you kind of a ‑‑ I am not trying to avoid the question but
I am going to give you an answer just for context.
9617 If you were to have one
owner get two licences, it could probably support two. And the reason I am saying that is
because the owner would enjoy some economies of scale in the operation. So in terms of your ability to generate
revenue and to be profitable in a reasonable amount of time, it could probably
support two.
9618 It would be a little
more difficult to support two independent operators with standalone FMs because
they each have their own start‑up costs, they each have their own overhead and
there are no economies of scale there.
9619 So one for sure. Two would be ‑‑ it would be
tough. It is not impossible but it
would be certainly tougher. Our
business plan was based on one radio station, one commercial mainstream radio
station being licensed in the market.
9620 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Thank you very
much.
9621 That concludes my
questions, Mr. Chairman.
9622 THE CHAIRPERSON: If I was to ask the same question but
this time agreeing with the increase in power to Spirit, will your answer be the
same?
9623 MR. MAHEU: Yes, Mr. Chair, it would be the
same. We don't see the Spirit
format or the radio station in its present form being a real big competitor for
ad dollars compared to, say, the Rogers and the Pattison
operations.
9624 THE CHAIRPERSON: For sure, but they are, nevertheless,
aiming at getting half a million dollars of local retail
revenues.
9625 MR. MAHEU: Our experience with those types of radio
stations with specialty licences and the religious gospel or Christian music
formats tends to be they find ad revenue or non‑traditional revenues for radio
that normal broadcasters would never have access to. There are some business owners and
people in the community that will spend money on that radio station because of
their beliefs and they want to support that radio station, and in other cases
they wouldn't be interested in radio advertising or couldn't afford regular
radio advertising.
9626 So the money ‑‑ it
is not insignificant once you are proposing to build but we believe it comes
from places that most mainstream stations would not get a lot of money
from.
9627 THE CHAIRPERSON: Commissioner
Langford.
9628 COMMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I think we are all
singing the same tune as we get near the end but maybe that is not
abnormal. I would just like to
build again on Commissioner Duncan's and Chair Arpin's probing here, just take
it to another level.
9629 Is it irrelevant to you
regarding religious programming which one it is, Touch or Golden West
expanded?
9630 MR. MAHEU: It is not relevant in terms of our
business plan, no.
9631 COMMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And is it
relevant ‑‑ I just want to cover all the earmarks. If we left Spirit at low power and said
to Mr. Hildebrand, you can own it if you want but it is staying that way, and
brought in Touch ‑‑
9632 MR. MAHEU: No problem at all.
9633 COMMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So no relevance. Okay, so now we are down to three
people.
9634 So let us assume, just
because I am mean‑spirited I have decided to license two and you are second, and
I am going to give it to one of the other guys, they are my first choice. Who would you prefer me to
choose ‑‑ not personalities here, they are all good people and all that,
but I am talking format, business, impact, that sort of thing ‑‑ of the
other two?
9635 MR. MAHEU: Well, it is kind of like you are giving
me the great opportunity to be a radio King Solomon here and it is very
difficult to ‑‑
9636 COMMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: No, you can't have half
of each.
‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires
9637 COMMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You have to have one or
the other.
9638 MR. MAHEU: Yes.
9639 COMMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: It seems obvious to me
but I just would like to know what ‑‑
9640 MR. MAHEU: Sure. Obviously ‑‑
9641 COMMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So just a review ‑‑
I am sorry. Here is your
market. You are going to have
something in religion, probably just one to make it easier, you are going to
have yourself ‑‑
9642 MR. MAHEU: And one
other.
9643 COMMMISSIONER LANGFORD:
‑‑ but you are conditional upon one other.
9644 MR. MAHEU: Then the one other, I would have to say,
is the 45+ application from the Larsen Group, only because it would stay out of
our way demographically and there would be very little overlap between those two
radio stations, and our experience and my personal experience with radio
stations targeted 45+, they tend not to be a big player for revenue. So that would leave more room for
us. Just speaking corporately and
somewhat selfishly if there had to be two.
9645 That is not to say that
Vista Group doesn't have some merits in their application but if you are asking
me to decide, that would be what I would suggest.
9646 COMMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So you have answered my
question in an interesting way here because if I decide you are not getting
anything, the other two fit together not too badly either
too.
9647 MR. MAHEU: There is a lot more
overlap ‑‑
‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires
9648 COMMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: But let us not leave it
on a negative note.
9649 MR. MAHEU: There is a lot more overlap between a
35‑54 and a 45+ but I take your point.
9650 COMMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I just couldn't help
having a little fun. That is great,
thanks very much for that. It
really helps to hear it from the people who are running these things, who are
programming them. We have to remain
slightly academic here and you guys are on the ground. So I am very grateful for that. Thank you very
much.
9651 Thank you, Mr.
Chair.
9652 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Commissioner
Langford.
9653 If I was to give you
five minutes to wrap up, Mr. Maheu, what will you tell us?
9654 MR. MAHEU: It probably wouldn't take five minutes
but if I could have 60 to 90 seconds, I think we could sum it up pretty
quickly.
9655 Thank you again for the
opportunity to present our idea for a radio station in Lethbridge. We have great experience with this
format. It is obvious through what
we have talked about today that there is a strong need and a want with 18‑34s in
the marketplace for a radio station that plays the music that they want to
hear.
9656 This group is less
satisfied with radio in Lethbridge, according to our research, than any other
group that we surveyed. The people
in the 18‑34 year old age group that like top 40 music do not have anywhere that
they can listen.
9657 When you look at the
BBM numbers, most of that listening, 70 per cent, for instance, on teens, which
we didn't survey, but if you look at teens and BBM, a 30 per cent share going to
the HOT AC radio station, a 40 share of teens going to the rock station, which
is highly unusual. You won't see
that in virtually any other market in the country.
9658 So there is obviously
with teens and 18‑34 year olds a need for a radio station.
9659 We would very much like
to be that radio station. We were
the only applicant coming forward with an idea for a younger format. We believe we can deliver on our
promises. We have devoted $4.1
million over the first term of our licence into programming which includes
significant news and which we believe will benefit the community
significantly.
9660 We have also earmarked
$700,000 for Canadian talent development and I won't go into all of that
again. Suffice it to say we believe
we have come up with a great new idea with the Southern Alberta Music Conference
that could really start something from the grassroots up for the Lethbridge area
and for all of Alberta and could benefit a lot of aspiring singers, songwriters
and musicians.
9661 And as I always mention
because I am very proud of it, Newcap is now 750+ people strong. We believe we have some of the best and
brightest minds working for us. We
understand this format very well and we as a company would be very excited at
the prospect of putting our creativity and our energy to work to put a great
radio station on the air for the listeners of Lethbridge. I certainly hope we get that opportunity
and I thank you very much.
9662 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr. Maheu. Thank you to your
team.
9663 We will take a 5‑6
minute break in order to allow the next applicant to come up to the
table.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing at 1415 / Suspension à
1415
‑‑‑ Upon resuming at 1430 / Reprise à
1430
9664 THE CHAIRPERSON: Order, please.
9665 I will ask the
secretary to introduce the next item.
9666 THE SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr.
Chairman.
9667 For the record, I would
just like to inform all applicants that it is the panel's intention to complete
the proceedings by the end of the day today.
9668 We are now ready to
proceed to item 17 on the agenda which is an application by 1182743 Alberta Ltd.
for a licence to operate an English‑language FM commercial radio programming
undertaking in Lethbridge.
9669 The new station would
operate on frequency 94.1 MHz (channel 231C) with an effective radiated power of
100,000 watts (non‑directional antenna/antenna height of 175.8
metres).
9670 Appearing for the
applicant is Mr. Paul Larsen who will introduce his colleagues, and you will
then have 20 minutes for your presentation. Mr. Larsen.
PRESENTATION /
PRÉSENTATION
9671 MR. LARSEN: Thank you, Madam
Secretary.
9672 Good afternoon, Mr.
Chairman, Commissioners and CRTC staff.
My name is Paul Larsen and we are very excited to be here to present our
application for a new FM radio station to serve
Lethbridge.
9673 Before we get started
with our presentation, I would like to introduce you to our
team.
9674 To my right is Rick
Volpatti. Rick has spent his entire
professional life in radio, starting in Nelson. B.C. He later moved on to Vancouver where he
was an on air announcer and Production Manager at CKNW in the Western
Information Network. In 1992, Rick
transferred to CHQR Calgary as Assistant Program Director and Afternoon Drive
host and has spent the past 14 years in the Calgary radio market in programming
and production with both Corus and Newcap.
9675 To be part of our
application, Rick recently resigned his position with Newcap Calgary. Rick is 38 years old and this is his
twentieth year in radio. He was
instrumental in developing many aspects of our application, and if licensed,
Rick will join our company in the position of Director of
Programming.
9676 Next to Rick is Desiree
Daniel. Desiree is 28 and no
stranger to radio. Her father is
Jean Daniel, a well‑known broadcaster and owner in western Canada who just
celebrated his fortieth year in the business. Desiree has a degree in psychology and
started her own coaching business in Vancouver working with individuals and
small business owners on goal‑setting and planning.
9677 But radio is in her
blood. She joined Silk FM in
Kelowna two years ago doing sales, promotions and marketing. She is also a writer and seminar
facilitator, and if licensed, Desiree will join our company in the position of
Director of Marketing.
9678 To my left is Mary
Mills. Mary is the President of
Norscot Holdings Ltd., my business partner in this
application.
9679 Finally, next to Mary
is Brenda Stonnell. Brenda is
Norscot's Chief Financial Officer.
9680 I am very fortunate to
have a strong funding partner in Norscot.
They have been invested in radio in western Canada for 35 consecutive
years and our relationship goes back to my very first radio
job.
9681 I started my radio
career in 1986 at age 16 at CKNL in Fort St. John, B.C. as a part‑time
announcer, later becoming Program Director of that radio station at age 18. In 1989, I transferred to CHUB‑AM in
Nanaimo and six months later was hired at CKNW in Vancouver for overnights. It was there that I first met Rick. In 1992, I moved to rural Alberta to
hone my programming and management skills.
In 1998, I moved to Calgary for five years as a Program Director working
with Corus and later Newcap. In
2003, I moved to Vancouver Island to become a General Manager and within nine
months was promoted to President of the company.
9682 The next natural step
in my career is ownership. I am a
50 per cent partner in our new company, 1182743 Alberta Ltd., and if licensed, I
will return to Alberta as President and General Manager of our new company and
radio station.
9683 In our presentation
today we will touch on the vibrant Lethbridge economy, the need for a radio
service targeting the large 45+ population in Lethbridge and how our exciting
radio station will complement rather than compete with existing stations and
benefit Canadian recording artists, the Canadian radio industry, and, most
importantly, benefit the Lethbridge community.
9684 This application is the
result of our deep‑rooted passion for radio. We wrote the application, we built the
multimedia presentation you will see and we created a website utilizing skills
that we have developed throughout our careers.
9685 We strongly believe
that the future of mainstream terrestrial radio in Canada depends on innovative
new leaders stepping forward with creative and exciting applications such as
this one we are about to present.
9686 MR. VOLPATTI: If licensed, our radio station will be
called The Lounge 94.1.
‑‑‑ Video presentation / Présentation
vidéo
9687 MR. VOLPATTI: That audio sample meets every CRTC
regulation. It was 47 per cent hit,
53 per cent non‑hit, 40 per cent Canadian content and 50 per cent of the
Canadian songs were from 2000 or later per our unique initiative to expose newer
Canadian music. The audio sample
shows how well we will be able to mix our proposed music genres to create a
really engaging radio station.
9688 We call our format
modern nostalgia. Our format is not
just old songs. At least 50 per
cent of our music will be newer than 1981 to comply with the hit/non‑hit
rules. This exciting mix of new and
old music creates an especially unique sound.
9689 We are proud that
Canadians are leading the way in the creation of this music style around the
world, artists like Vancouver's Michael Bubblé, Toronto's Matt Dusk, Vancouver
Island's Diana Krall. Sadly, these
great Canadian artists receive no airplay on Lethbridge radio, something we
propose to fix.
9690 Of significance is the
number of relatively unknown Canadian artists who will receive regular prime
time airplay on The Lounge. None of
these artists receive airplay in Lethbridge today, artists like Don Aiken, Karen
Playdo, Carol Welsman, Andrea Ménard, Denzel Sinclair, Suzie Vinnick, and there
are many other that we simply don't have the time to mention but who we named in
our supplementary brief.
9691 The Lounge will also
feature Canadian superstars such as Anne Murray, Gordon Lightfoot, Randy Bachman
and Paul Anka who are still producing new music and touring. Even though these names are instantly
familiar, they too suffer from a lack of airplay in Lethbridge. The Lounge will play not only their
established hits but also their new music.
9692 Canadian music will be
prominently featured in our programming, scheduled evenly throughout each
hour. We will play 40 per cent
Canadian content weekly and to ensure significant airplay of newer Canadian
music, 50 per cent of our Canadian songs will be released in 2000 or
later.
9693 Of course, The Lounge
will also feature international artists, many of them lesser known singers,
again, ensuring diversity, names like Steve Tyrell, Renée Olstead, Jamie Culum,
not household names but exceptional new artists recording great
music.
9694 The Lounge will feature
well known artists who are re‑recording great standards and new songs in the
standard style, artists like Rod Stewart, Natalie Cole, Harry Connick Jr. and
others. We will play the artists
who originated and pioneered this music style, Sinatra, Ella Fitzgerald, Nat
King Cole, Tony Bennett and many others, and we will play singers from the 60s,
70s and 80s, artists who, despite their superstar status, receive very little
airplay on Lethbridge radio, names like Barry Manilow, Barbra Streisand, Neil
Diamond, James Taylor, The Carpenters and others.
9695 Again, we will play
their new music in addition to the hits.
We will blend these diverse music styles together to create an appealing
mix of music, new and old, targeted to Lethbridge's adult
audience.
9696 MR. LARSEN: The Lounge will bring a new independent
news and information voice to Lethbridge.
We will place a significant emphasis on spoken word relating to new, our
music, the community and the lifestyle of Lethbridge's adult
population.
9697 Lethbridge has been
lacking a radio station with a strong news focus since CJOC‑AM converted to FM a
number of years ago. CJOC was
historically the full‑service station in Lethbridge and that content was not
transferred to FM when the station became Rock 106. In fact, we reserved the CJOC call
letters for Lethbridge to reflect this full‑service heritage and our commitment
to spoken word programming for The Lounge.
9698 Calgary's news talk
station, CHQR, has a substantial market share in the Lethbridge market among
adults 45+, indicating the Lethbridge adult audience's desire for strong spoken
word programming.
9699 If licensed, The Lounge
will provide hourly locally produced newscasts between 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.
Monday to Friday and 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. on weekends.
9700 Our research showed the
demand for news, particularly local news:
92.7 per cent of total respondents to our research said news and
information specific to Lethbridge is important, and we will provide it for
them.
9701 We propose to hire two
full‑time and one part‑time news staff in year one. In total, The Lounge will provide 93
newscasts per week totalling 4 hours and 33
minutes.
9702 Other spoken word,
including sports, road reports, agricultural and business news, arts and
entertainment will total another 2 hours and 30 minutes
weekly.
9703 Lethbridge's adult
audience wants to hear about important topics such as municipal issues, cultural
events, health and finance. The
Lounge will air a daily magazine program called "Lethbridge at Noon" to address
this need.
9704 The Lounge will feature
a one‑hour weekend lifestyle program called "Life on The Lounge." We will air artist spotlights five times
daily, featuring artists in their own words connecting directly with our
audience. At least 50 per cent of
these will be Canadian artists.
9705 The Lounge will feature
old‑time radio shows nightly and we are also hoping to broadcast CBC's original
"Sunday Showcase" dramas which feature Canada's finest writers and actors,
exposing them to a broader audience.
9706 Our spoken word will
reflect Lethbridge's diversity and provide listeners with a balance of news,
entertainment and community information.
Our spoken word programming totals 22 hours and 9 minutes weekly,
approximately 18 per cent of the broadcast week.
9707 On top of that will be
announcer show prep, community ad libs and live interviews which will add even
more spoken word dimension to The Lounge.
9708 We have made this
strong commitment to spoken word based on what Lethbridge adults told us in our
research and because we believe it is the content that airs between the records
that makes a radio station truly unique and engaging.
9709 MS DANIEL: It is amazing how radio has the power to
work so closely with the community.
The Lounge will be highly supportive of Lethbridge events, charities, the
arts and entertainment community and cultural groups.
9710 Lethbridge has a
vibrant arts community. There are
many annual festivals and events representing virtually every ethnic group, and
The Lounge will be front and centre broadcasting live from each of them. Some of these events include "Whoopup
Days," "Symphony on the Green," "Japanese Cultural Day," "Egg Expo," "The
Dragonboat Festival," "The International Air show," "The Down on the Farm
Festival," "Changing Faces," and many others.
9711 Lethbridge is home to a
number of professional and amateur theatre groups, including the Lethbridge
Symphony, New West Theatre, the Lethbridge Folk Club and others which The Lounge
will proudly support.
9712 Lethbridge has a strong
not‑for‑profit sector. Well over 30
individual organizations promote and offer activities and services relating to
multicultural interests within the city.
We have already reached out to many of these organizations, ensuring our
support through no charge public service announcements and interviews if we are
licensed. This will be invaluable
in assisting these groups with fundraising initiatives and general
awareness.
9713 Some of these
organizations have written letters of support on behalf of our application based
solely on our promise to include them in our programming. Our team strongly believes that radio is
a public service, an outlet to support community, people and
events.
9714 MR. LARSEN: In our research, we asked about the
importance of exposure and promotion of local and Canadian artists; 74.9 per
cent of those surveyed said it is important. Our Canadian talent development starts
first and foremost with airplay of new and emerging Canadian artists, most of
whom receive no airplay in Lethbridge today.
9715 A cornerstone of our
indirect CTD initiatives is a commitment to play new Canadian music. We propose that at least 50 per cent of
our Canadian content will be songs released in 2000 or later, ensuring airplay
of a high percentage of newer Canadian songs and artists. This initiative is unique and exclusive
to our application.
9716 Further, to demonstrate
our commitment to Canadian music, we will play 40 per cent Canadian content over
the broadcast week, 5 per cent over the mandated amount.
9717 Canadian artists told
us consistently that what they need from radio is simple: airplay and exposure. The Lounge will ensure this through
these two commitments.
9718 We are firm believers
in Canadian talent development, both direct financial and in the equally
important non‑monetary means. Our
direct CTD contribution will be $129,500 over the initial licence term, a
significant contribution for a new broadcast entity. One hundred per cent of our direct CTD
will stay in the Lethbridge region.
9719 Our annual proposals
include post‑secondary music and journalism bursaries for Lethbridge students;
purchase of music instruments for Lethbridge schools; funding to FACTOR, which
Canadian artists told us is a critical source of funding for development of
their music, and our FACTOR contributions will be coming back to southern
Alberta artists.
9720 Our original song
competition will be of direct benefit to local and regional artists and we have
outlined in our application support for a number of other Lethbridge
initiatives.
9721 Our direct CTD
commitments will be supported by significant on air promotional support, website
exposure and other marketing.
9722 MR. VOLPATTI: In addition to our unique Canadian
content airplay and our direct CTD plans, we also propose two significant
indirect CTD initiatives.
9723 First is "The Indie
Lounge," a weekly one‑hour program focusing exclusively on independent Canadian
music. While we will be highly
supportive of Canadian music throughout our programming, "The Indie Lounge" will
give us a platform to explore artists more
thoroughly.
9724 Second is a unique
educational partnership with Lethbridge and southern Alberta broadcasting
schools which we call "Future Broadcasters." If licensed, we will work with these
schools to place students in actual paid jobs at The Lounge that will assist
them in their education and development of their radio skills. These positions include on air, news and
production.
9725 Lethbridge Community
College has reviewed our plan and will work with us to make our "Future
Broadcasters" initiative a reality.
9726 Representatives from
the other seven Alberta institutions based in Calgary, SAIT and Mount Royal
College are also on board.
9727 Our industry is facing
a shortage of skilled performers, created in large part by the elimination of
positions in favour of voice‑tracking and automation. We are committed to helping replenish
the pool of future broadcasters through this
initiative.
9728 MS DANIEL: Lethbridge is very much a culturally
diverse city. Many of Lethbridge's
ethnic groups have formed community structures, including the German, Italian,
Japanese, Chinese, Hungarian and Croatian societies. The Lounge has already reached out to
Lethbridge's ethnic population, and if licensed, we will ensure that our
programming is inclusive of Lethbridge's entire
population.
9729 Our news department
will take into account the diversity of Lethbridge and establish contact with
the city's cultural communities to ensure The Lounge includes their news in our
programming.
9730 Lethbridge has a rich
First Nations history and we will make a strong effort to connect with the Blood
and Peigan Nations and other Aboriginal populations in the
region.
9731 We are committed to
reflecting diversity within our company as well through employment and provided
information to this in our application.
9732 Our music format lends
itself perfectly to reflecting cultural diversity. The vast and varied music styles that
comprise The Lounge music format include artists and musicians from every
background and region of Canada and beyond. We will encourage Canadian artists from
all backgrounds to submit new music for airplay
consideration.
9733 MR. LARSEN: The Lethbridge economy is vibrant and
diversified. Major industries
include agriculture, utilities, manufacturing, finance and real
estate.
9734 Retail sales in
Lethbridge are among the strongest in Canada, 93 per cent higher than the
national average according to Financial Post Markets 2005 edition. Financial Post Markets 2006 edition is
predicting retail sales of $1.882 billion ‑‑ that is up $400 million from
their 2005 estimates; 2006 retail sales are forecast to be 116 per cent higher
than the national average.
9735 Lethbridge is
experiencing rapid population growth.
According to the 2005 municipal census, the population grew 6.2 per cent
from 2002 to 2005 and now totals 77,202.
9736 The largest population
increases have occurred within the upper demographics, specifically 45+, the
target audience for The Lounge.
9737 The 2005 municipal
census is not fully broken down yet, so we refer to the 1996 and 2001 federal
census to show the growth of the 45+ population
specifically.
9738 As you can see on the
graph, the Lethbridge population of adults aged 45 and up increased 17.4 per
cent between 1996 and 2001. By
comparison, those aged 0‑44 jumped only 1.4 per cent during the same
period.
9739 PBIT and market revenue
for Lethbridge are not published because of the limited number of owners in the
market. However, the provincial
PBIT statistics show a very healthy FM radio market in Alberta and we are
confident the Lethbridge market is also performing above
average.
9740 The Lounge will open up
new advertising opportunities for retailers and manufacturers who until now have
had no viable local radio source on which to advertise their products and
services to the 45+ population.
9741 MR. VOLPATTI: Lethbridge is served by five commercial
radio stations, one of which operates a specialty Christian format. There is also a Campus FM and the CBC
and CKUA public radio services.
9742 Ownership and market
tuning is dominated by Pattison and Rogers. Combined, they have 71.3 per cent market
share 12+ according to the fall 2005 BBM.
9743 When you look at adults
45+, the Pattison and Rogers market share drops to 59.7 per cent, as you can see
on the screen.
9744 So where does the 45+
audience go in Lethbridge? The
answer is Calgary AM radio stations located 217 kilometres north of
Lethbridge. Calgary CHQR, CKMX,
CFAC and CFFR have a combined Lethbridge market share of 19.6 per cent with
adults 45+. The graph on the screen
shows this. The four combined
Calgary AM radio stations have a red column on the right.
9745 The Lounge will
repatriate this significant out‑of‑market tuning, attracting 45+ listeners with
a format specifically designed for them and one that is not currently available
in Lethbridge.
9746 We may also gain
listeners from satellite or cable, internet radio, personal CDs and MP3s, and
people who have simply quit listening to radio or given up on radio because they
have been unable to find their music.
9747 Our research shows 82.4
per cent of 35‑64 year olds would definitely or probably listen to The
Lounge. Of those, 41.7 per cent
said The Lounge would become their favourite radio
station.
9748 MR. LARSEN: We have given this application
considerable thought and extensive planning, investing in research to
double‑check our instincts. The
Lounge will bring a new format to Lethbridge, one with virtually no overlap with
existing stations. We will provide
significant news and other spoken word elements that are important to our target
audience.
9749 And we recognize that
operating a radio station means operating a public service. Community service will be the foundation
upon which our company and our radio station is built.
9750 We are proud of this
application. We feel its unique and
innovative quality is essential to the future of Canadian radio. We are young, experienced career
broadcasters who have 30 or more working years ahead of us to create compelling
radio and we hope to have the opportunity to do so in
Lethbridge.
9751 Thank you for this
opportunity to present our application for The Lounge and we look forward to
your questions.
9752 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr.
Larsen.
9753 For the record, you did
file, regarding the other application, the item 3 application that was heard
last week, the content of your shareholder agreement and obviously it will apply
to this application since it is the same corporation.
9754 MR. LARSEN: Yes, sir, and if need be, Mary could
verify that as well but that is correct.
9755 THE CHAIRPERSON: It is the same
company?
9756 MR. LARSEN: Yes.
9757 MS MILLS: That is
correct.
9758 THE CHAIRPERSON: That is correct.
9759 I am requesting
Commissioner Williams to question you.
9760 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: And I am accepting his
request. Good
afternoon.
9761 MR. LARSEN: Thank you.
9762 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Good afternoon, Mr.
Larsen and Ms Mills. I will be
directing my questions to you, Mr. Larsen, and you can have whoever in your
group that you deem is most appropriate to answer them.
9763 MR. LARSEN: Thank you.
9764 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: My first question is you
have characterized your targeted 35‑45+ adult audience as being
underserved. I think we just saw
some slides on that a minute or so ago.
Based on your market research, what are the spoken word and audience
programming expectations and needs of this
audience?
9765 MR. LARSEN: In our research, we had developed this
format. So we specifically
researched the 35‑64 population in Lethbridge and we asked some specific
questions relating to spoken word.
We asked them about how important news programming is to them and more
specifically a second question, how important is local news, Lethbridge news to
them.
9766 We asked a range of
questions regarding spoken word, from how important is it to hear lifestyle
information, gardening shows, finances, health, those types of
things.
9767 We even asked a
specific question about how important is it to include music and spoken word
content that is targeted to a more mature audience. And looking at the 45‑54 year olds, 62.7
per cent said it is important; 55‑64 year olds, 69 per cent said it is
important.
9768 So we knew based on our
experience with this particular demographic that spoken word programming is
important to them, some items more than others and the research would help us
determine what type of spoken word programming to put on the air if we are
successfully licensed.
9769 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: How do these needs and
expectations differ from the majority of adult listeners in the marketplace who
seem dissatisfied with the level and quality of spoken word programming provided
by the incumbents?
9770 MR. LARSEN: I think looking at our information, when
you look at the 45+ demographic and BBM specifically, CHLB country 95.5 operated
by Pattison has the highest tuning of 45+ audience in the market. So we would comfortably predict that
country 95 does a fair amount of spoken word programming.
9771 Country music is a very
genre‑specific format, obviously, and therefore, adults over 45 who aren't
particularly interested in country music are finding the spoken word elsewhere
and predominantly from Calgary AM radio stations that do come into the market
during the daytime.
9772 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you, Mr.
Larsen.
9773 We note that you have
indicated that you have been successful in Parksville, British Columbia with the
station that you launched in March 2005.
We also note that the Parksville market is less competitive in terms of
local programming than a market such as Lethbridge. It is not clear how the niche service
you propose will be as successful.
9774 Would you please
comment on how your proposed service will be received by the audience in
Lethbridge?
9775 MR. LARSEN: Commissioner Williams, I am glad you
asked that question. The Parksville
comment came up a few times last week, as you know, and I was hoping to have the
opportunity to address it here.
9776 Every or most ‑‑
maybe I should say most ‑‑ good thing in life, whether it is a franchise,
whether it is a medical improvement, whether it is a new invention, most things
are tested in a smaller environment and we have an environment in Parksville
with another company that I have been associated with to experiment with a
format that is brand new in Canadian radio in a market where there is not going
to be a lot of financial impact in doing so. So it, to me, seemed to be a logical and
a great place to experiment and form and mould this format into something that
we could take elsewhere.
9777 What I referred to in
the supplementary specifically were comments from Parksville listeners who had
found the station and were enjoying it and also some comments from out‑of‑market
people. As is fairly obvious,
Vancouver Island is a high tourist destination. We get a lot of people coming to
Vancouver Island from elsewhere in Canada and a lot of people that send us
emails after the fact asking if we would stream the radio station so that they
could listen to it back home. So it
gave us a really strong indication that our format idea could work specifically
with the 45+ audience in other parts of Canada. So we have now ventured out beyond
Vancouver Island to try and take this format to more 45+ people in other parts
of Canada.
9778 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: If licensed, The Lounge
would be a standalone in the marketplace.
Are there certain programming synergies that you can utilize to keep your
annual programming expenses in line with your estimates?
9779 MR. LARSEN: Well, if we look at The Lounge,
Lethbridge specifically, licensed as a standalone radio station in Lethbridge,
we have some administrative types of synergies with Norscot, the parent company
that Mary operates in Vancouver, in terms of accounting procedures and
budgeting, administrative type of things that we could utilize some synergies
there.
9780 If we are fortunate
enough to be licensed in more than one market, of course, as you build mass,
those synergies build out. So this
is our second presentation to you this week.
9781 Looking at Lethbridge
specifically, we do feel comfortable that we have enough synergies with Norscot
to keep our operating costs in line with what we have presented on paper but
those specifically would only be on the administrative side. Because Norscot is not a radio company,
it can offer us some help with some budgeting and accounting but beyond that,
not much.
9782 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: So there are no
programming synergies?
9783 MR. LARSEN: Absolutely not, and not with the
Parksville station either.
9784 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay. We are going to move into the area of
spoken word now.
9785 You have identified a
number of spoken word and general programming expectations that you feel are
necessary to incorporate into your programming in order to successfully program
your targeted 35‑45+ audience.
These would include news, information, lifestyle, radio drama, spoken
word programming.
9786 I also note on page 34
of your application that you plan to hire a staff of six which will consist of
three news journalists, two anchors and one reporter. You have also stated that the morning
anchor will serve as the station's news director.
9787 Based on the extensive
spoken word you plan to offer, please describe the positions to be filled by the
other five members of the news team that you plan to
hire.
9788 MR. LARSEN: I am sorry, I am just trying to find
where we said six.
9789 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS:
Yes.
9790 MR. LARSEN: To clarify ‑‑
9791 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: It is okay, take your
time.
9792 MR. LARSEN: ‑‑ in
our programming budget, we have budgeted for six full‑time positions. Of those, two will be in news and one
part‑time position in news. So that
would be the two plus one reporter in the news and spoken word. So we believe we can do our spoken word
commitments with a full‑time news staff of two people and one
part‑time.
9793 The other programming
people would be a morning announcer, midday announcer, evening announcer ‑‑
I am sorry, afternoon drive ‑‑ morning, midday, afternoon drive and also a
producer.
9794 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay. You also point out in the supplementary
brief that spoken word plays a significant role in the station's programming
with a daily one‑hour magazine program, 93 newscasts as well as a weekly
one‑hour lifestyle program.
9795 From what sources do
you plan to draw material for these programs? Also, will all of the material be
scripted or do you plan to air syndicated material?
9796 MR. LARSEN: Another great question and thank
you.
9797 The spoken word that
you are referring to, specifically the "Lethbridge at Noon" show and the weekend
program, our news director would be heavily involved, our news department would
be heavily involved in getting topics to talk about on those two particular
initiatives.
9798 After this application
was presented and publicly gazetted, I started getting a lot of interest from
the Lethbridge community. When CJOC
was an AM radio station, it employed a lot more staff than it does as an FM
station and a lot of their staff have decided, for lifestyle reasons, to remain
in the Lethbridge community. They
are now employed in other industries but they have contacted us, out of interest
sake, with the idea of being able to contribute to our programming on a
part‑time basis.
9799 So we think there are
resources in the community that we can use but even if we didn't have that,
which I am very confident, based on their enthusiasm in their communication with
us, our news director would be the anchor for the Monday to Friday "Lethbridge
at Noon" show, the weekend show likely would be pre‑recorded by the same news
staff but all of the programming would be produced and scripted locally and it
would not be syndicated programming.
9800 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Compared to projected
expenditures proposed by the other applicants, your planned programming expenses
appear to be on the low side.
9801 Considering the number
of staff you plan to hire, why do you feel your projected annual programming
expenditures are sufficient to provide your target audience with the level and
quality of relevant spoken word and music programming necessary to be successful
in Lethbridge?
9802 MR. LARSEN: In operating a company, I have always
kind of used the philosophy of cutting your clothes by the cloth that is
available and we have presented, obviously, revenue forecasts which are lighter
than the other applicants specifically because we are targeting a demographic on
the outer edge of the typical advertising pie of 25‑54 or
18‑34.
9803 We feel confident
40 ‑‑ I believe it is 41 per cent or 44 per cent ‑‑ quoting from page
46 on our supplementary, 44 per cent of our expenses will go into programming in
year one. We are very confident in
our ability to deliver on the spoken word commitment.
9804 There has been a lot of
discussion at the hearing about the cost of creating spoken word programming and
it is all relative. We are
employing two full‑time staff that we are expecting to work generally eight
hours a day. But some of the other
spoken word, things like business reports, for example, people often pay us or
approach us to provide that content, places like CIBC, Wood Gundy or TD
Waterhouse, investment firms that are experts in that particular area of spoken
word and would provide that 90‑second or two‑minute report on our behalf. So we don't have to use our own station
resources other than somebody to tape‑record the report off of the
telephone.
9805 Another thing I think
that is important with our spoken word is out of the total, seven hours is the
radio plays that we plan to run at night.
So of course, there is very little cost involved in that particular
aspect of our spoken word.
9806 So we are confident in
our expense forecast that we have budgeted responsibly and affordably and that
we could deliver our spoken word commitment.
9807 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay, thank
you.
9808 Let us talk about your
expected rate of success in Lethbridge.
I note that you have indicated you have been successful in Parksville
with the station you launched in March '05. I also note the Parksville market is
smaller. It is less competitive in
terms of attracting listeners to local programming and competition for
advertising dollars than a market such as Lethbridge. In Lethbridge, you are going to be
competing directly with two well established corporate broadcasters. It is not clear to us how a format
developed to serve Parksville will be successful in the larger, more competitive
market of Lethbridge.
9809 I have two questions in
this area.
9810 MR. LARSEN: Sure.
9811 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Why do you think your
proposed format will be attractive to audiences in the Lethbridge marketplace
and what experience in running your Parksville format would you bring to the
table that gives you the confidence that you would be able to compete
successfully with major corporate broadcasters such as Jim Pattison Industries
and Rogers?
9812 MR. LARSEN: Sure. First off, I guess there is the sort
of ‑‑ because Parksville was where we tested the format, where we launched
it first, there is this sort of thinking that this format ‑‑ we developed
it specifically for Parksville. I
just want to clarify that we developed the format because we felt that the 45+
audience is rapidly growing in North America. It is going to become the dominant
population group in our society in the near term.
9813 So the greater thinking
was to develop a format for the audience.
Parksville just happened to be a convenient place where I could put it on
the air with low impact and test it out and work it out.
9814 In terms of competing
with the larger companies, in the case of Lethbridge, other than Country 95
which does get some older tuning but it is certainly not their primary audience,
the other radio stations in Lethbridge are all targeting in the younger
demographics, under 45 years of age.
9815 So we feel we will have
unto ourselves a bit of a pool of people from which to market to and we know
from talking to business owners, community leaders, et cetera, that there are a
lot of businesses that don't advertise on the radio but would increase their
radio advertising budget to specifically target the 45+ audience. So we are confident that we are the only
applicant at this hearing and would be the only licensed radio station in
Lethbridge specifically in that upper end of the demographics. So we would have it unto
ourselves.
9816 In terms of experience,
again, in Parksville, I would say that the greatest experience gained in
Parksville is really one of being able to gauge the listener feedback and
fine‑tune this format over the past year and to get it to a point where it is
ready to be rolled out to a larger audience. We learned how much older style music
from the 50s should be a component versus 60s and 70s and 80s music, and does
new music ‑‑ for example, Seal singing Mona Lisa. The other day when we presented our
Calgary application, several people came up to us after the presentation and
asked why did you have a picture of Seal on the screen when Nat King Cole was
singing Mona Lisa? Because it is a
tremendous remake of that song.
9817 So we have been able to
find out in Parksville that those newer artists from the 90s and today, the
Michael Bubbles, the Diana Kralls, the Seals and the Rod Stewarts, that music is
appealing to the upper end of the demographic and specifically the younger edge
of the 45+ or even the 40‑45 age group.
So we have learned a lot musically in
Parksville.
9818 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: We note in your
application you have stated you will not participate in the CAB plan. You will make annual contributions to
FACTOR that will exceed the minimum contribution as set out in the CAB plan for
the Lethbridge market.
9819 In view of the fact
that FACTOR contributions are part of the CAB plan, why do you not wish to
participate?
9820 MR. LARSEN: That question ‑‑ I am going to
learn how to answer that question properly in future applications. The question is a confusing one. The way that it is written is somewhat
confusing on the application form.
9821 Our intent is that the
money we are going to contribute to FACTOR is in excess of the $400 required
under the CAB plan. I think I
answered the question originally that no, we don't or yes, we do and it was
going to be $18,100 plus $400 for a total of $18,500. We were asked the question in our
deficiencies and I am sure ‑‑ when I get back, I am going to talk to one of
the staff and find out exactly how we are supposed to answer that. But to be clear, we do plan to
contribute to FACTOR in excess of the CAB plan. So I guess the CAB plan plus the
excess.
9822 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay,
thanks.
9823 MR. LARSEN: I am sorry for the long
answer.
9824 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Not a problem. We have nothing but
time.
9825 We note that you plan
to support a student enrolling in a broadcasting education course by providing
him or her with a $2,500 scholarship.
Normally under the plan, broadcasting courses do not qualify but
journalism courses can.
9826 Is this contribution
designed to support the study of radio broadcasting or
journalism?
9827 MR. LARSEN: I guess as an industry person I sort of
lumped them together and this being my first personal application that I put
forward ‑‑ I have been involved with other companies in helping to
formulate but I guess I knew that broadcasting bursaries counted but I note
specifically it is journalism. So
in order to remain in accordance with CTD, we would divert from a broadcasting
bursary specifically to a journalism bursary at one of the broadcasting
schools.
9828 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay, thank
you.
9829 In regards to the
instruments in schools, FACTOR and the Lethbridge and District Kiwanis Music
Festival contributions, how will the allocation of funds be made? Do you have any mechanisms in place to
deal with these types of contributions, and if so, please tell us a bit about
them?
9830 MR. LARSEN: At this point, we don't have formalized
plans in place on how to distribute those monies. However, in previous experience with
other companies and other radio stations that have CTD commitments that are
similar, we know going forward that these organizations, the schools, the
Kiwanis Club, are more than happy to work with us in making it
work.
9831 With the music in
schools specifically, we would get together with the school districts in
Lethbridge, with the superintendents, the public schools, the Christian schools,
I guess, or Catholic school boards, and in consultation with them decide where
best those monies would be spent.
9832 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay. The Commission notes that you project
only 5 per cent of year one revenues will be derived from the incumbent
operators in the marketplace.
9833 Please explain why you
believe the financial impact of your proposed service will be so low. I would imagine it has to do with your
Calgary ‑‑
9834 MR. LARSEN: Sure. We think we are going to have a very low
impact on the incumbents specifically because the incumbents aren't playing in
the 45+ pool. In talking to
advertisers, again, many different advertising categories from RVs, boats,
financial advisors, health and fitness that caters to the senior or older
demographic, they are not advertising on radio today. So we are not going to take those
dollars away from the incumbents because those advertisers don't feel they are
going to reach their target audience by advertising on the incumbents. So we think we will have very little
impact given the fact that none of the four commercial stations in the market
are targeting our demographic right now.
9835 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: What evidence do you have
to support the assumption that 50 per cent of your revenues will be generated
from new radio advertisers other than what you have just told
me?
9836 MR. LARSEN: I think the same answer would apply,
that these advertisers aren't advertising on radio today.
9837 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: You don't have a study
that you have commissioned that ‑‑
9838 MR. LARSEN: No. That would be, again, sort of based on
our experience in other markets.
That could be another thing that we gained out of Parksville. I don't want to talk about Parksville or
hinge on Parksville too much because I don't know how relevant it is but I
introduced it in the supplementary, so I guess it is fair
game.
9839 The Parksville market
is a significantly older demographic.
A lot of 50+ people live there.
9840 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: It is more of a
retirement community ‑‑
9841 MR. LARSEN: Right.
9842 COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:
‑‑ than Lethbridge is.
9843 MR. LARSEN: In Lethbridge, however, 37 or 38 per
cent of the overall population is over the age of 45 and the reason why it is so
high, in fact, is that a lot of farming families are selling out of their
farms. Farming is another industry
that is consolidating into bigger corporations and these generations of farmers
are not passing the farms down to the younger kids and they are moving into the
city, into Lethbridge.
9844 Looking at the
Lethbridge City website, one of the big things that Lethbridge is marketing
itself as is a senior retirement destination and the fact that they have a
tremendous ‑‑ I think it is above the Canadian average and I would be happy
to verify the stat and submit it if you wish ‑‑ a tremendous population of
75+ and 65+, more so than a lot of other Canadian centres. So we are confident that those people
are there and will listen to the radio and are still actively buying groceries
and homes and vacations, et cetera.
9845 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: It is not necessary that
you file that. Our staff just
prepared a very detailed demographic analysis of the marketplace for
us.
9846 MR. LARSEN: Okay.
9847 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: That concludes my share
of the questions for you, Ms Mills and Mr. Larsen. So thank you very
much.
9848 MR. LARSEN: Thank you.
9849 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Mr.
Chair.
9850 THE CHAIRPERSON: Mr. Larsen or Mrs. Daniel, when you read
your oral presentation you said, and I am quoting directly from the two first
paragraphs ‑‑ your document is not paged:
"Lethbridge is very much a culturally diverse city. Many of Lethbridge's ethnic groups have
formed community structures, including the German, Italian, Japanese, Chinese,
Hungarian and Croatian societies."
9851 Then you follow,
saying:
"The Lounge has already reached out to the Lethbridge ethnic population,
and if licensed, we will ensure that our programming is inclusive of
Lethbridge's entire population."
9852 Are you contemplating
doing some ethnic programming?
9853 MR. LARSEN: No, absolutely not. All that we were trying to say in that
is that our programming will include everybody that lives in Lethbridge, not
that we want to do ethnic programming specifically but if, let us say, the
Chinese community has a Chinese celebration, we would perhaps broadcast live
from the celebration and invite the community down to find out what is happening
in that, and the same with the Italian community, the same with the Japanese
community, they have a big Dragonboat Festival, et cetera.
9854 All we are saying is
that our programming will be reflective of the cultural makeup of Lethbridge,
not that we have any intention whatsoever of being an ethnic radio station or
broadcasting ethnic programming.
9855 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very
much.
9856 If the Commission was
to authorize your application and was to license another station, which one
could have a negative impact on your business plan and
why?
9857 MR. LARSEN: Which one could have a negative
impact?
9858 THE CHAIRPERSON: Yes.
9859 MR. LARSEN: Again, if I may take the two religious
stations and put them aside; is that appropriate?
9860 THE CHAIRPERSON: Well, I will ask
you ‑‑
9861 MR. LARSEN: Sure.
9862 THE CHAIRPERSON: Let us start by that and
then ‑‑
9863 MR. LARSEN: Sure.
9864 THE CHAIRPERSON:
‑‑ as I did earlier, I will ask you now to put them in the
mix.
9865 MR. LARSEN: Sure. Leaving them out of the mix first, I
would suggest that we could cohabitate most easily with the Newcap application
because they are the farthest away from our demographic.
9866 The Vista Group is
proposing a 35‑54. Well, 45‑54
certainly infringes on a very lucrative part of our 45 and up demographic. So we would suggest if there were two,
leaving the religious people out for now, Newcap and us would be my
answer.
9867 When we put the
Christian stations into the mix, there is already a Christian FM existing in the
market, Spirit. I know from being
in Lethbridge ‑‑ my in‑law's ranch near Lethbridge. I have been there many, many times. I have listened to Spirit specifically
to see how far a 50‑watt station goes.
That station exists today.
We think we could cohabitate with that Christian station, even at a
higher power, without any difficulty whatsoever.
9868 THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay, thank you.
9869 Now, in your own words,
could you give us your most compelling reason why the Commission should retain
your application?
9870 MR. LARSEN: Thank
you.
9871 According to the 2001
federal census, 37 per cent of Lethbridge residents are 45 and older and they
now total 25,000 people. It is the
fastest‑growing demographic in Lethbridge and we are excited to see the results
of the 2006 federal census in the future, which we anticipate will contain even
more compelling numbers for our proposed target
demographic.
9872 This audience deserves
its own radio station custom‑tailored for them. Businesses that market to this
impressive demographic deserve a radio station targeted to reach this audience
and we feel The Lounge will be both of those.
9873 We have done our
homework and research both in terms of our proposed format and our business plan
but we have taken our analysis one step further, studying the 45+ demographic to
gain an extensive understanding of the way this audience thinks, makes
decisions, buys products and relates in today's
society.
9874 We have done this
because at the end of the day we are proposing to operate a business and we need
to ensure that that business will be viable and we are more than confident,
without any doubt, that we will be successful both in terms of our audience and
our financial projections.
9875 Every day there are
more and more articles and studies that indicate we are on the right path at the
right time.
9876 This weekend, a
colleague emailed me an interesting Canadian study titled "Surveillance
50+." It was conducted by Starcom
Mediavest of Toronto and it concluded that marketers have not made an effort to
be relevant to the 50+ consumers and media outlets are also "missing the boat,"
to quote. The study continues to
say:
"This large and lucrative demo want the usual things out of media,
relevance, information and entertainment, but this study indicates that there is
no real relevant, highly enjoyed content for this 50+
audience."
9877 And that is exactly
what The Lounge is, real, relevant and enjoyable content specifically for this
adult audience.
9878 Our application meets
the criteria outlined in this licence call as well as that outlined in the
Broadcasting Act. We have presented
substantial evidence to support demand for our
station.
9879 Approval of our
application will bring a new independent owner into the system proposing
significant live broadcasting and programming that will be of the highest
quality and produced locally in Lethbridge.
9880 We will reflect and
promote Lethbridge's cultural diversity.
We have present a strong business plan based on research, market
experience, financial control and a viable format.
9881 The Lounge will enhance
rather than compete with the current radio landscape. We will bring an independent news and
information voice to Lethbridge.
Our Canadian talent development will benefit new Canadian artists, many
who have never been heard on Lethbridge radio before.
9882 Our unique and
exclusive commitment to ensure airplay of newer Canadian songs and artists and
to play 40 per cent Canadian content simply means more Canadian music and more
diversity of Canadian artists on our radio station.
9883 Our CTD will benefit
young broadcasters as well through our "Future Broadcasters" initiative, and our
CTD funding is substantial and responsible for a new company, $129,500 over the
first licence term.
9884 We do have the
financial resources to build facilities, launch our radio station and market it
and see it through its early operating years.
9885 It is encouraging to
note that the Lethbridge adult audience remains loyal to radio but it is
unfortunate that their loyalty is in large part to Calgary AM radio
stations.
9886 Licensing The Lounge in
Lethbridge will reduce out‑of‑market tuning, balance the radio landscape,
demonstrate that the 45+ demographic is vital to the rapidly growing Lethbridge
economy and will help ensure that traditional radio will retain the listening
loyalty of this powerful generation.
9887 It will be a new
generation of young broadcasters who will step forward and embrace and
understand new technology and combine it with exciting and new radio formats
that will allow terrestrial Canadian radio to remain dominant and thrive in
these highly competitive times of satellite radio and MP3s, et
cetera.
9888 We are here before you
at this hearing because we want to build a new, dynamic, modern broadcasting
company. We are excited about the
possibility of bringing our new Lounge format to as many deserving 45+ listeners
as possible and Lethbridge is an important and strategic component of our new
company.
9889 The Lounge is a
made‑in‑Canada radio format. It is
ready to be unveiled in Lethbridge and if there is a province in Canada where I
feel the Commission could feel comfortable licensing a brand‑new applicant,
Alberta is surely it. I believe it
is the perfect opportunity to license a strong, well‑funded, independent, young
applicant.
9890 Mr. Chairman,
Commissioners, I respectfully ask you to give us the opportunity to be the
newest Canadian radio company by granting us a licence to serve Lethbridge. We thank you sincerely for your time and
for your consideration.
9891 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much, Mr. Larsen. Thank you to your
team.
9892 We will take a
five‑minute break in order to allow the next applicant to come up at the
table.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing at 1525 / Suspension à
1525
‑‑‑ Upon resuming at 1540 / Reprise à
1540
9893 THE CHAIRPERSON: Order, please.
9894 I am requesting the
secretary to introduce the last appearing item to this
agenda.
9895 THE SECRETARY: Yes, thank you, Mr.
Chairman.
9896 We are now on item 18
of the agenda which is an application by Touch Canada Broadcasting Inc. for a
licence to operate an English‑language FM commercial specialty radio programming
undertaking in Lethbridge.
9897 The new station would
operate on frequency 90.5 MHz (channel 213B) with an effective radiated power of
20,000 watts (non‑directional antenna/antenna height of 174.3
metres).
9898 Appearing for the
applicant is Mr. Alan Hunsperger who will introduce his colleagues, and then you
will have 20 minutes for your presentation. Mr. Hunsperger.
PRESENTATION /
PRÉSENTATION
9899 MR. HUNSPERGER: Thank you, Madam
Secretary.
9900 Good afternoon, Mr.
Chairman, members of the CRTC and Commission staff.
9901 Before I start our main
presentation, I would like to introduce you to our team
again.
9902 I am Alan Hunsperger,
founder and Director of Touch Canada Broadcasting, TCB as we will refer to it
from now on.
9903 To my right is Bev
Gilespie, our Business Manager.
9904 Next to Bev is Richard
Burrows who is our Sales Manager of 88.9 CHIN FM here in
Calgary.
9905 To my left is Malcolm
Hunt, TCB's Network Program Manager.
9906 Next to Malcolm is
Holly Taylor who is our Afternoon Drive Host on 105.9 CHIN FM in
Edmonton.
9907 Next to Holly is Lana
Lambert who assisted me with the preparation of our
application.
9908 Mr. Chairman, we are
here today to present our application for a new contemporary gospel music
station to serve Lethbridge. In our
presentation, we would like to talk a bit about the Lethbridge market, describe
the research that supports our application and describe the service we intend to
bring to Lethbridge.
9909 First, I would ask
Richard Burrows to speak about the Lethbridge economy.
9910 MR. BURROWS: Thank you, Alan, and good
afternoon.
9911 Lethbridge is a growing
community. Statistics Canada
reported a total population of 67,374 in 2001 and the City of Lethbridge
reported a total population of 77,202 in 2005, which represents a 15 per cent
increase over four years. This is
double the increase that Lethbridge experienced from the previous five
years. In fact, Lethbridge services
a trading area of over 275,000 people, as has been mentioned
before.
9912 According to Financial
Post Markets, Lethbridge's retail sales are projected to reach $1.8 billion in
2006 and rise to $2.34 billion in 2011, an increase of 26 per cent and the per
capita retail sales are indexed at 16 per cent above the Canadian
average.
9913 With this economic
strength, we believe that the market can support additional radio stations. To test if there was a sufficient
interest in CHIN‑FM and its contemporary gospel format, we asked IPSOS Reid, a
nationally accepted survey company, to conduct a radio market survey for
us.
9914 In August last year
they conducted random calls research with a sample size of 300 people, a representative sample of the
Lethbridge population.
9915 Ipsos Reid asked about
current tuning patterns, the interest in contemporary gospel format and the
amount of time that they would listen to the station and their awareness of our
stations in Calgary and Edmonton.
9916 The results were
encouraging to us. The strength of
our Calgary format showed in the completely random Ipsos Reid survey in
Lethbridge. When asked to recall
all stations they had listened to in the past month, 4 per cent said they had
listened to the existing low power station.
9917 When asked if they had
listened to any of TCB's current stations, 8.4 per cent said that they had
listened to 88.9 Shine‑FM in Calgary.
9918 27 per cent of all
respondents indicated they would listen to the proposed station, and 50 per cent
of those said they would listen to seven ‑‑ or one to seven hours per
day.
9919 Of those respondents
who owned businesses in Lethbridge, one in 10 would definitely or probably
advertise on the proposed station.
9920 These findings assure
us that we can draw enough listeners and attract enough advertisers to meet our
revenue projections.
9921 When we started 88.9
Shine‑FM Radio Calgary, we were looked at as a small market radio station in a
large market. Today in Calgary and
Edmonton that has changed and we are considered one of the stronger niche
formats in the market.
9922 To duplicate our
success in a much smaller market will not be as difficult since we have already
been trained to sell the niche format creatively.
9923 To explain how we
developed the business plan, I would like to call upon Bev
Gilespie.
9924 MS GILESPIE: Thank you,
Richard.
9925 This business plan was
based primarily on our previous experience in starting up new radio stations in
larger markets, while adjusting the revenues for the level of support evidenced
in the Lethbridge area.
9926 Again, I would like to
draw your attention to the amended schedule 4.1 we have attached at the end of
our remarks. The Excel spread
sheets attached to the initial application were correct, however, the
transposition of these numbers to the CRTC form were
inaccurate.
9927 This schedule has been
adjusted as well to identify the spoken word programming revenues which were
previously categorized as network revenue, as we did in our Calgary
application.
9928 Our primary source of
revenue will be the sale of local advertising, which represents 84 per cent of
our first year cash revenues.
9929 We calculated our
projected ad revenues by multiplying the number of advertisers by our estimate
of their annual spending with us.
9930 The second year revenue
will be increased by 32 per cent, reflecting the acceptance of our programming
and our advertising effectiveness.
The increase will be less in the later years due to the smaller
market.
9931 Our contra revenue,
representing 140,000, is the exchange of airtime for goods and services at fair
market value. As we pointed out
during our Calgary presentation, we will use contra for print and other media to
promote and market the station.
9932 You will note that this
is quite sustantial for our size and will continue for the duration of the
licence due to the necessity to stay competitive, visible and involved in the
community.
9933 I would now like to
call on Malcolm Hunt to talk about the music, spoken word and other services we
will provide for the new station.
9934 MR. HUNT: Thank you, Bev.
9935 Gospel music has
enjoyed steady increase over the last 10 years in North America with record
sales rising from 381‑million in 1995 to over 700‑million in 2004, a growth of
more than 80 per cent.
9936 This is even more
impressive given the general slump in the sale of recorded music in the past few
years.
9937 Similarly, gospel music
stations in the United States posted a 57 per cent growth in listeners in the
24‑54 age group from 2002‑2004.
9938 Last week I played a
sample of the music that is played on our two Edmonton stations. The station we propose for Lethbridge
will provide contemporary gospel music, a mix of rock, pop and other music that
sounds similar to what you would hear on a Top 40 station.
9939 As we discussed with
you last week, we maintain a level of Canadian content of 15 per cent on all of
our FM stations and that will remain our practice in Lethbridge as
well.
9940 We will also provide a
number of more specialized music programs, including Z‑Jam, a program directed
at teens hosted by Bill Scott. We
also aired the Sound of Light, another music intensive youth program and the
Heart of Worship, a program featuring praise and worship style of gospel
music.
9941 We will also include 20
The Countdown Magazine and the Red Letter Rock 20
Countdown.
9942 This station will be
similar to the formats of the two stations the Commission granted TCB in
Edmonton and Calgary. 90.5 Shine‑FM
will use synergies with its other stations to staff the new Lethbridge service,
however, there will be two ‑‑ a definite Lethbridge flavour to the radio
station.
9943 We will hire two new
full‑time staff members and two part time.
The new staff would consist of a morning host, assistant PD and a drive
time host production assistant. The
part‑timers would take care of writing and production. The remaining air shifts will be voice
tracked by current staff members at TCB stations.
9944 Newscasts will be
prepared in our Lethbridge studio by our local people using the services
provided by Radio News. They
provide us with a range of stories and we choose what is relevant to our
listeners.
9945 During the morning and
afternoon periods, our live announcers receive information on community events,
the weather, traffic and other topics from a variety of local sources in order
to provide a relevant service.
9946 We propose to spend
$56,000 on Canadian talent development for Canadian artists in the gospel music
genre.
9947 Now, to talk a little
bit about the reaction to Shine‑FM, here's Holly Taylor.
9948 MS TAYLOR: Working for the past few years with
contemporary gospel format, I've had the opportunity to hear the stories of
those who have come to listen and love it.
I say this because at first people aren't too sure what to expect, but
when they tune in, they soon hear familiar artists, as many contemporary gospel
artists such as Relient K, Switchfoot, P.O.D. and Lighthouse are played on Top
40, Hot AC and rock stations.
9949 With these favourites
mixed in with some similar artists we haven't heard before, the feedback is
positive. It comes down to the
station being programmed in a way that caters to the targeted
audience.
9950 You know you're on the
right track when listeners call in saying, oh, flipping through our radio
stations in my car recently we stumbled upon this. That was three days ago. I'm so glad you're on the radio, it's a
station my whole family enjoys. I
just love the song you just played.
I was in a bad mood and now I'm feeling much better,
thanks.
9951 Or, I'm on my way to my
friend's funeral, I'm just waiting to hear MercyMe, I can only imagine, I miss
him so much. Can you please play it
for me.
9952 There is something very
personal about our listeners' relationship with us and the artists we
play.
9953 In both Edmonton and
Calgary we have been able to build on this in a way that has benefitted the
city, especially when it comes to the charities we've worked
with.
9954 TCB's committed to do
the same in Lethbridge. The
Shine‑FM format has the potential to go beyond what you can imagine. We propose to start with two charities
in Lethbridge, Compassion Canada, which has an international focus, and Streets
Alive, a local charity that has been in operation for 15
years.
9955 We will continue using
our radio fund format for fundraising as it's a very successful
model.
Our three existing stations have raised
$3.3‑million to date. Each station
we've launched has become the little station that could and we're eager to bring
our approach to Lethbridge.
9956 To sum up, Alan
Hunsperger.
9957 MR. HUNSPERGER: Mr. Chairman, we are aware of those who
are telling the Commission that Lethbridge cannot sustain another radio station
or stations, however, we believe it is not because this market cannot sustain a
gospel music station, but we believe this is a prime market for a contemporary
gospel format.
9958 We are convinced that
our Shine‑FM brand of radio will meet our financial projections and the needs of
the contemporary gospel music listeners in the market.
9959 To sum up, the market
is strong enough to support an additional niche gospel music station. We have a strong business plan backed by
an owner who has shown his commitment through the development years of this
company.
9960 Our stations exceed the
Canadian content requirements reaching 15 per cent instead of 10. Our contribution to Canadian talent
development at 56,000 is beyond the requirement of this market, and we believe
that we have put together a team of talented people along with a solid business
model that will provide gospel music radio in large or small
markets.
9961 We believe that this
proposal brings diversity and is not competitive against anyone else within the
market.
9962 Thank you, and we are
pleased to answer your questions.
9963 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr.
Hunsperger.
9964 I am asking
Commissioner Langford.
9965 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you, Chairman
Arpin.
9966 I guess the first shall
be last and the last shall be first.
So, I shall go to your last statement.
9967 We believe, you just
said a minute ago, that this proposal brings diversity and is not competitive
against anyone else within this market.
9968 How can you say
that? What about
Spirit?
9969 MR. HUNSPERGER: We do not believe that we would hurt
Spirit, or we believe the market is large enough for both.
9970 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Spirit is religious
music, specifically gospel, they play some of the same spoken word programs that
you promise to play ‑‑ that you signify you'll play.
9971 MR. HUNSPERGER: I mean, Spirit programming ‑‑ and
maybe I can ask Mr. Hunt even to go further ‑‑ but Spirit programming, the
way they program their station is completely different than the way we program
our Shine‑FM programs on our stations.
9972 And maybe I'll ask
Malcolm, if that's possible.
9973 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, that may be, and I
look forward to hearing from Malcolm ‑‑
9974 MR. HUNSPERGER: Okay.
9975 COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:
‑‑ but it still comes under the general rubric of gospel
music.
9976 Now, I take the lesson
that you gave us last week on how gospel music can be split between contemporary
and traditional, if you like, or southern. MR. HUNT: Mm‑hmm.
9977 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And I assume that you're
going to tell me now that Spirit is more southern and you'll be more
contemporary, otherwise I don't know where the split will
be.
9978 But, we do have a
situation here where you've made a very bold statement and it doesn't seem to
accord with the facts.
9979 I mean, it looks like a
misreading on your part. I mean,
there are literally ‑‑ there are literally duplications in some of the
brokered programs, Focus on the Family being one example. I could pick two or three more, so could
you.
9980 So, how can you say
it's not competitive against anyone?
9981 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, 95 per cent, sir, of the
programming that we would do as well as Spirit does is in the music
category.
9982 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Right.
9983 MR. HUNSPERGER: And they play a mixture of songs trying
to reach as many people as possible, but when you notice our Ipsos Reid survey,
they're reaching at the most ‑‑ 4 per cent of who were surveyed said they
listened to their station and 27 per cent said they want our kind of
programming, which is something that we experienced as well when we first
started in this genre back in 1994, where we tried to think that we could play a
southern gospel song and a contemporary song and a teenager's song and a praise
and worship song and we would try and encompass as many peole as
possible.
9984 And to be honest with
you, it works the reverse against you.
9985 Now, what happens is
when you are playing a contemporary song and then you go into a southern gospel
song, or you try to mix the music in this thinking that you're reaching as many
people as possible, you're really turning off more people than you're gaining
and, consequently, people will not listen to
it.
9986 Because, for example, a
southern gospel music person after he hears his song, he's all excited, then a
contemporary song comes on or a rock type Top 40 song comes on and he just goes
ballistic.
9987 So, we've found that
really what we're doing is narrow casting versus broadcasting. We stick to a format that's going to
reach the most people possible within that market and stick with that as much as
possible.
9988 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, what you're telling
me is you've learned a valuable lesson from your mistakes.
9989 Now, we have the
previous owner of Spirit who's had five hard years and perhaps would have
learned the lesson, but his health is failing, so he's going to hand it over to
a very experienced broadcaster, assuming we accept that.
9990 MR. HUNSPERGER: Mm‑hmm.
9991 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And let's go on that
assumption, otherwise the questions are just so hypothetical as to make no
sense.
9992 MR. HUNSPERGER:
Certainly.
9993 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, based on the
hypothetical ‑‑ on the one hypothetical that we approve the experienced Mr.
Hildebrand to step in and to run this station, why would we then ‑‑ before
he's barely got his, you know, golashes off, his coat off and settled down
behind the desk to try to figure out what to do with this ‑‑ why would we
then license another player to come in and to eseentially say, okay, you've
sub‑divided it but you're still appealing to the same audience
type.
9994 And as evidence of that
I would point to the spoken word brokered programming, you're both after exactly
the same programs.
9995 MR. HUNSPERGER: Mm‑hmm.
9996 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, you're obviously
after the same market type. You
know, in classical music, one may prefer Beethoven over Mozart, but there's
still a limited pool of subscribers or listeners out there who want classical
music period.
9997 So, essentially you're
saying, before Mr. Hildebrand even get his golashes off and loosens his tie and
rolls up his sleeve and tries to figure out how to turn this thing around, let
us in there so we can eat his lunch.
9998 Why would we do
that?
9999 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, sir, let's take the example of
your spoken word that you just brought up.
10000 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Right.
10001 MR. HUNSPERGER: We are not going to take his audience,
we are going to add a brand new audience, and I'll give Calgary as an
example.
10002 Mr. Hildebrand was in
the Calgary market with his High River station playing Focus on the Family, for
example, and then Shine‑FM came on air here in Calgary and we put on Focus on
the Family.
10003 When we talked to the
agency, the agency said, we do not have any additional money because we're
already giving it to High River and whatever, however, if you want to accept our
program on a shared basis we would go for that, shared basis meaning that the
money that comes in to the spoken work program, they track it very carefully and
whatever with the postal codes and whatever, and then they would give 50 per
cent of what came to them, they would pay us for the airtime with that
amount.
10004 When we started to do
that, within a very short period of time ‑‑ and I'm sure exactly but I
think it was three to four months ‑‑ the agency then called us up and said,
whoa, can we get into a contract, because what has happened is we have now given
them a brand new, another audience and we then got in a contract without hurting
the contract of the High River station with Mr.
Hildebrand.
10005 So, what happens is
you're looking at it, and I can understand your perspective in some ways, you're
looking at it that there's just this one little niche group of people that
listen to gospel music and the two ‑‑ you know, and if you come in with
something else you're going to divide that group.
10006 No. We believe that we create a brand new
group and in the same way that we've done in Edmonton, and hopefully we'll have
the opportunity in Calgary, there is more people that want to listen to more of
their kind of music and it doesn't destroy one to help
another.
10007 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, it's an argument
and I'm noting it.
10008 I guess we better move
on a little. A little more on the
music. You call it contemporary
gospel and you gave us a very useful bit of tuition on gospel music on Tuesday
last and said on page 2 of your introductory remarks on Tuesday, the
following:
"While CJCA became quite popular with
Edmonton audiences, we found fairly quickly that there are really two audiences
for gospel music, those who prefer contemporary gospel and those who prefer
southern gospel. Generally those
who like one really don't like the other.
Those who prefer the more contemporary sound are younger, while the fans
of the older style tend to be over 45.
So, a station trying to play both kinds of music is sort of like a
station playing both alternative rock and big band." (As read)
10009 So, I took that lesson
to heart and, obviously, you are following your own advice to a certain extent,
but I have a question arising from page 9 of the Ipsos Reid survey which
says:
"Respondents were read the following
description of Touch Canada Broadcasting's proposed music station." (As read)
10010 And the description
begins:
"This station would be a full power FM
station specializing in contemporary Christian music from performers
like..." (As
read)
10011 And it lists some
performers. Then it
says:
"Specialty music programs such as Gospel
Greats and...", (As
read)
Well it says 'gather' there, I don't know
whether that should be gather, but it says:
"Gather Homecoming Radio...", (As read)
Oh, that's the gentleman you talked about,
Gather, that's right. I thought it
was some sort of gather ‑‑ well, you know, gather 'round, sort of biblical
reference.
10012 MR. HUNSPERGER: Bill Gather is what it
is.
10013 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Yes. Well, I suppose there's as much chance
of a regulator getting into heaven as a camel going through the eye of a needle
after this one but, anyway...
‑‑‑ Laughter/Rire
10014 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: My advice to my
colleagues is ask no questions and I'll destroy myself and there'll be hope for
you.
10015 So, my question is
obvious, I hope. Why are you doing
a mix here, what appears to be a mix, at least on
weekends?
10016 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes. I'm going to ask Mr. Hunt to answer that
because I want to incorporate our panel here as much as possible in this
presentation.
10017 MR. HUNT: Well, basically the reason for that is
simply to model what we're doing in Calgary.
10018 Basically in Calgary at
present we have one single station, which is why we are proposing to bring in
the AM station here so that we can basically take that off of our FM and put it
onto our AM.
10019 In a market where that
particular segment of the audience isn't being serviced, the older demographic,
we do provide ‑‑ and it's a small part, I might add, like the programs that
we're talking about are ‑‑ one's a couple of hours and the other one is
just a single hour, so I mean it's not spreading that music through the rest of
the format, it is definite block programming on the
weekend.
10020 MR. HUNSPERGER: If I could also say this, Commissioner,
that we usually put Gospel Greats on at Saturday nights from eight o'clock to 10
o'clock at night and then early Sunday morning, something like anywhere from six
o'clock to eight o'clock, or seven o'clock to nine
o'clock.
10021 And so what we're doing
is we're playing to the people 45 plus who are usually maybe listening to radio
on Saturday night, where the younger demographic isn't and, obviously, Sunday
morning, the younger demographic isn't listening.
10022 So, that's where we put
those programs.
10023 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. And it doesn't occur to you that it
might be just a better idea to leave those with Spirit, if it's more in keeping
with ‑‑ how would you characterize Spirit's
programming?
10024 MR. HUNSPERGER: I'm sorry. If we were in the same market, we would
be more than happy to cooperate with Spirit, so one would play ‑‑ one would
play southern gospel music, one would play contemporary, and we would be
prepared to do whatever if that came to that kind of
scenario.
10025 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: There's something I'm not
getting here, so I've got to go back to it.
10026 MR. HUNSPERGER: Okay.
10027 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You said it again, if we
were in the same market. Where
is ‑‑ aren't you both in Lethbridge?
10028 Am I missing a
fundamental element in this application?
Why do you say you're not in the same market?
10029 MR. HUNSPERGER: Hmm, I'm sorry, you're right, that was a
wrong ‑‑
10030 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Okay.
10031 MR. HUNSPERGER:
‑‑ words to come out of my mouth.
10032 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You don't have to say I'm
right. If I'm wrong, you can tell
me. I'm a big boy and I can take
it.
10033 MR. HUNSPERGER: No, no, you're right, we are in the same
market.
10034 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, if you're in the same
market, what music are they doing ‑‑ you've listened to them,
clearly.
10035 MR. HUNSPERGER: It's a mixture.
10036 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Of...?
10037 MR. HUNSPERGER: Gospel music.
10038 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, contemporary and
southern?
10039 MR. HUNSPERGER: Contemporary, they have western, they
have easy listening, they have some southern
gospel ‑‑
10040 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Easy listening
religion? Easy listening
religious?
10041 MR. HUNSPERGER: Easy listening, yeah, which means it's a
more softer contemporary type song, more on the realm of a praise and
worship.
10042 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I beg your pardon, could
you repeat that?
10043 MR. HUNSPERGER: More on the realm of music that we call
praise and worship which is a softer...
10044 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Praise and
worship.
10045 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10046 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Right, we ran into some
of that in Kitchener, I think.
10047 Okay. So, you are in the same
market?
10048 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10049 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And you are playing
essentially to the same belief group, could I put it that
way?
10050 MR. HUNSPERGER: No ‑‑ well, yes and no. See, we
believe ‑‑
10051 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You haven't got a lot of
people at work sitting around listening to southern gospel, because isn't this
for Christians; this stuff?
10052 MR. HUNSPERGER: No.
10053 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: No?
10054 MR. HUNSPERGER: It's not. It's for anybody, it's for
everybody.
10055 We have people who we
believe ‑‑ and this is just through our questioning people, people calling
up and whatever ‑‑ we believe that 60 per cent of our audience attend no
church, are not religious.
10056 I'll give you an
example. A young mother called into
our station who told the one who answered the phone, I'm not a religious person,
I don't go to church or anything like that, but I'm listening to your Shine‑FM
and will be listening from now on.
10057 She was driving down
the road in her family van and she looked in her rear view mirror and she
noticed her four‑year‑old daughter singing the words with Britney Spears "I get
down on you, you get down on me", and the mother's going, oh my God, what is my
little girl singing?
10058 And she flipped over to
Shine‑FM and she's been with us ever since.
10059 So, that's a large part
of our listening audience.
10060 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, about a year from
now her little girl's going to go to school, I've got to tell you, she's going
to lose that site in a big hurry but, you know, good on her for trying
anyway.
10061 Okay. I think I've made my point. I think I've given you my concern on
that. It doesn't seem ‑‑ you
know, when I look at your own feasibility study and I look at page 6 and I look
at people talking about their ‑‑ responding to which one station is your
favoured, that is the one you listen to most often, and Spirit‑FM Lethbridge
religious is at one per cent.
10062 So, at least to me,
that's an argument that that isn't a really, really big listener pool. Maybe you'll be able to push it up a
little, but even if you push it up to five, you'll have four of the five and
Spirit is going to be in pretty rough shape.
10063 And it's difficult for
me to understand why someone would come in with an application to a reasonably
small market and focus the cross‑hairs right on one of the existing players and
a struggling player. This isn't
Rogers we're talking about, you know, they're pretty nimble and they can change
their formats and whatnot, Spirit can't change its format, and it just seems odd
to me that that's the one market you would choose.
10064 I found that ‑‑ I
have to tell you, I find that strange, but we'll carry on. Not so strange that I'm saying, go away,
you can't give your application, but I do find it strange.
10065 You know, we list
things like diversity and the health of the market very clearly in the PNs we
put out for radio calls, and this doesn't seem to me to be adding a lot of
diversity, it seems to me ‑‑ I would characterize it as a kind of theme and
variation of the theme being religious or family, you know, safe kind of
programming, type of programming that appeals to the woman you just told us
about, and then we just have variations on that theme.
10066 Some are a little more
southern or a little more dated and others are a little more contemporary, but I
don't know how big the pool is for you all to fish from.
10067 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, we believe it's large enough for
both to exist. We, first of all,
have our successful model up in Edmonton, two stations in the market. We believe two stations in the market
can exist here in Calgary and we believe especially in
Lethbridge.
10068 Lethbridge is probably,
if there's any city in this province that's tuned in to this kind of genre, it
would be Lethbridge which was the home of Canada's first regilious Christian
television station.
10069 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I must remember that very
well.
10070 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes, absolutely. So, you know ‑‑ I mean, even in
Spirit's application they even said that, you know, Lethbridge is the Bible belt
of Alberta and that is very, very true.
10071 And I have lived
here ‑‑
10072 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: A lot of people must be
using suspenders because they're not listening right now to
Spirit.
10073 How big is ‑‑
remind me what the population of Lethbridge is.
10074 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, Lethbridge is 77,000 approximately
according to Lethbridge, but the outlining area, the trading area according to
one of the websites is 275,000 as a trading area, which means people coming into
Lethbridge to do business.
10075 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: But your core audience is
under a hundred thousand and you're making analogies to places like Calgary
where you've got well over a million and they're growing like
topsy.
10076 MR. HUNSPERGER: Mm‑hmm.
10077 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, you know,
it's ‑‑ I'll leave it to my financial analysts on the Panel, you know, to
advise as how that might break down, but it does seem to me to be at least
questionable as to whether you can make that analogy.
10078 MR. HUNSPERGER: Mm‑hmm.
10079 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: One other question on
that. How much American gospel or
religious or Christian‑type music can be heard down there in Lethbridge on a
given day; do you have any idea?
10080 MR. HUNSPERGER: No, I don't.
10081 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Because the last time I
did any driving down in that area there was a lot of it available, especially on
AM, big stations booming out across the short grass country down
there.
10082 Okay. Well, I had a lot of questions about
your statistics and I don't want to drag you through it.
10083 One thing I want to
make sure of, there were no hand‑picked respondents in this survey; were
there?
10084 MR. HUNSPERGER: No,
sir.
10085 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That's good. I looked at your analysis saying
that ‑‑ on page 9 of your survey you say that 34 per cent of women and 19
per cent of men would listen, and you rounded that to 27 per cent. I made it 26.5, but I won't
quibble.
10086 So then you said on
page 10, 59 per cent of that 26.5 or 27 per cent who said they would listen,
said they would listen more than once a month.
10087 And then you go
down ‑‑ so that's a little over half, almost 60 per cent of 27 per cent
would listen more than once a month.
10088 And then we go to page
11 and you start to narrow that down and you get 49 per cent, let's call it half
of the 27 per cent said they would listen less than one hour
daily.
10089 And then in your
supplementary brief or somewhere ‑‑ sorry, there's too much paper
here ‑‑ but somewhere you indicated later saying that, well, that meant
that, you know, 50 per cent would listen more than one hour
daily.
10090 But when I dug into
your statistics I saw that really of the 50 per cent who would listen more, a
full 38 per cent would only listen between one and two hours and then it drops
off precipitously to, you know, two per cent here, one per cent there, three per
cent there, whatever, a very small amount.
10091 So, it seems to me to
recap what we have here is 13 per cent said they would listen less than an hour
daily, and around 10 per cent said they would listen one to two hours, and then
there were a few that would listen more.
10092 Is that enough to build
a business plan on?
10093 I find all of that
information on pages 9, 10 and 11 of your Ipsos Reid
survey.
10094 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, okay. First of all, you were saying once a
month and you meant once a week; right?
10095 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Let me go to page 10 and
find out what I did mean.
10096 Once a week, yes. Good, well that's healthier, yes. Thank you very much. I apologize for that. Once a week, right, okay. Sorry.
10097 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, first of all, you know, according
to Ipsos Reid, they're saying that one in four, 27 per cent, report that they
would listen to the station, most of that being female which is aligned with
what we're experiencing in Calgary and Edmonton.
10098 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Right.
10099 MR. HUNSPERGER: And then of those respondents, they said
that six out of 10, or 59 per cent say they would listen more than once a week
and 11 per cent said they would listen, you know, less than once a week,
right?
10100 And then 49 per cent
said that they would listen to the new station for less than an hour, and 50 per
cent said that they would listen to one to seven hours per
day.
10101 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Yes, but that's a little
misleading, that one to seven statement, quite frankly. And, if I were you, I'd have a word with
Ipsos on that. It's a little too
positive.
10102 Because once you break
down that one to seven, as you see on page 11 of this study, 38 per cent of it
is just between one and two, and those who would listen up to seven hours are 3
per cent only. So, it falls off
precipitously.
10103 I mean, so you're core
core here, you've got 49 per cent of your ‑‑ you know, basically half of
your possible listeners would listen less than an hour a week ‑‑ sorry,
less than an hour a day, I keep doing that to you ‑‑ less than an hour a
day and 38 per cent would listen somewhere between an hour and two hours, and
after that the numbers are negligible.
10104 And I'm asking you if
that's enough to build a business case and if you could explain why it's
enough.
10105 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, as we ‑‑ can I confer
with...
10106 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Absolutely.
10107 MR. HUNSPERGER: Thank you.
‑‑‑ Pause
10108 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, I'll tell you what I'm going to do
in next hearings is I'm going to have a member of the Ipsos Reid people here to
help us out on this.
10109 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Yeah.
10110 MR. HUNSPERGER: But, you know, I guess what I understood
what Ipsos Reid did was take the total of all those others and halve it to say
that 50 per cent said they would listen to anywhere from one to seven hours per
day, and they're taking the 38 per cent that said one to two and adding the four
and the five ‑‑
10111 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Sure.
10112 MR. HUNSPERGER:
‑‑ and the three.
10113 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: But it's very misleading,
wouldn't you agree? I mean,
because ‑‑ and I'm not accusing you of being misleading, I'm saying this is
misleading to put it that way, it sounds very positive for Ipsos Reid to put it
this way ‑‑ but, in fact, what we have here, when you really break it
down, but for, you know, a four per cent that would listen over two hours and a
five per cent that would listen three to five, and a three per cent, those small
numbers.
10114 If you leave those
aside, what you're dealing with here is, you know, kind of 50 per cent
of ‑‑ and I'm using rounded numbers ‑‑ 50 per cent of the 26.5 per
cent who said they'd listen, will listen for less than an hour a
day.
10115 And 38 per cent of the
26.5 per cent would listen for somewhere between one and two hours, and those are just rough reactions, I
mean, we don't know. On the plus
side, they may get hooked by it and listen like crazy; but, on the other side,
you know, they might have just wanted to be nice to the polling lady and get off
the phone so they can get back to, you know, the ball game or whatever they were
watching.
10116 Anyway, to me, when I
look at these, I just wonder what encouraged you to make your business plan
based on that, and then when I take into effect as well that there's another
player already in the market, if not playing the same stuff, still trying to
appeal to the same audience and that player will, you know, possibly be
rejuvenated by new management and new ownership, it does seem to me a very small
pool.
10117 MR. HUNSPERGER: Mm‑hmm.
10118 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Now, you may be able to
convince them and bring them around, but it would seem to me that ‑‑ you
know, I'm just a bit startled at your business case based on these numbers so
small, quite frankly.
10119 MR. HUNSPERGER: We've always had a problem with this
because of the newness of our genre.
10120 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Mm‑hmm.
10121 MR. HUNSPERGER: I mean, we can tell you that when we
started in this business in '94 it was very difficult for people to really enjoy
the station because we had the disadvantage that our music was so new that
people couldn't hum to the song or whistle to the song or tap their foot to the
song or whatever because they didn't recognize the song, they didn't recognize
the artist, it was all new.
10122 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Mm‑hmm.
10123 MR. HUNSPERGER: And we find that it does start to ramp
up in about the third month that we're on the air, where people who are starting
to listen, start talking to people, they start getting familiar with the songs
and whatever, and then they start listening to the artists and away it
goes.
10124 And this was an
incredible learning curve for us when we started in Edmonton. We struggled with this, and we struggled
for probably the first five years in that whole aspect of trying to get the
listening audience.
10125 When you tell
people ‑‑ when you do a random call and say, would you listen to this kind
of music, most of them really don't know who the artist is. I mean, when I would ask ‑‑ when we
ask sometimes people questions and they say they're familiar what gospel music
meant and we tell them, okay, tell us who is your favourite artist, they'll talk
to us about somebody like Amy Grant.
10126 Well, Amy Grant hasn't
been on the charts in contemporary gospel music for years, and even though she
married Vince Gill and once in a while you see her on television and whatever,
she's not played on our radio station.
10127 So, a lot of the people
have a difficult time understanding who the artist is. And then, of course, once we get on the
air and start playing them, we start seeing a loyal audience and they start
doing business with our advertisers.
10128 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I take your point and
you're the experts on this and it's a slow grind, is what you're telling me,
you've got to educate them right from the get‑go because you're not coming on
there with the tried and true.
10129 And yet ‑‑ and I
want to get to these in detail just a tiny bit later ‑‑ you filed some new
numbers with us today which you made reference to in your opening remarks which
show that you're going to be into the black faster than your own numbers,
substantially faster.
10130 And so, yeah, we'll get
to that, and your own numbers saw you not getting to the black until year four
and this one has you not getting to the black in year four either, but you're so
close in year three you might as well be, we're just talking a few hundred
dollars.
10131 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10132 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, that's a big change,
the losses are ‑‑ the expected losses are much, much, much more reduced
than before and, yet, on the other hand you're telling me that this is a tough
sale, it's tough slogging and there's a big educational curve before they come
on.
10133 So, I find that a
little contradictory. But, listen,
you know, you're the pros on this, I'm just here to probe and to make sure I
understand what you're saying.
10134 MR. HUNSPERGER: I appreciate it. By the way, if I could just
mention ‑‑
10135 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Sure.
10136 MR. HUNSPERGER:
‑‑ I have had experience in selling in Lethbridge because when I did bring
on the Christian television station, we did go around and meet with the various
people.
10137 And even though the
Christian station was not a commercial station, we had to be a bit creative to
try to get funding in to help that first year to make it happen because they
weren't on satellite and all the things that they're doing
now.
10138 And I got to go around
and meet with the car dealers, the restaurant people. Because I was general manager and we had
a small staff, I was doing most of the selling even myself and, you know, the
beautiful thing is that in a small market like Lethbridge everybody knows
everybody.
10139 And in some ways it's
easier because the car dealer does know how huge of a market there is with
people that attend church or are in that kind of segment and he wants his
business to be known among those people, some of them are ranchers, farmers, et
cetera, et cetera, and it's much easier to convince him to start putting some
money towards this than it is when you're in Calgary or Edmonton and somebody
has no clue and it's a larger community and people don't have that connection
that a small community has.
10140 I mean, we had car
dealers, restaurants, hotels, the funeral home, even the Harley‑Davidson dealer
and they all know that in a smaller market in that
respect.
10141 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, you'll be fishers
of advertisers, that's what you'll be.
10142 Last question on
music. You've indicated in your
written submissions that you would accept a COL to be one hundred per cent
category 35, non‑classic religious.
10143 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10144 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Then I assume you would
accept the standard 95, we like to give people a little leeway so they don't
have to worry if they make a mistake here or there.
10145 So, would you accept
the standard 95 per cent of your music to draw from category 35 non‑classic
religious as a condition of licence?
10146 MR. HUNSPERGER:
Absolutely.
10147 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Great. Thank you.
10148 I'll try and be a
little quicker now. I'm sorry to
have gone on so long, but it does seem to me that underlying this application is
this fundamental problem of market and diversity.
10149 Spoken word, if I read
it correctly, you're agreeing to 35.17 hours weekly. I believe that's what you agreed to in
Calgary too, but there's been so many applications have flowed under the bridge
then that I can't remember since then.
10150 Let's deal ‑‑
let's break it down. As I see it,
news, weather and sports is 7.17 hours; have I got that
correct?
10151 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes, sir.
10152 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Could you tell me how
much for news alone? Have you done
that breakdown?
10153 Can't be a lot of
traffic going down in Lethbridge. I
don't know.
10154 MR. HUNT: It would be the 5.3 hours would
be ‑‑
10155 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: 5.3 for news
alone?
10156 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yeah. That's local
content.
10157 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: All local
content?
10158 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, it says, 5.3 hours will be devoted
to the local content of the news, weather, sports.
10159 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Local content of
news?
10160 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10161 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, there could be on top
of that a bit of national/international as well?
10162 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10163 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Local content, plus somewhere between
5.3 and 7.17 you're going to squeeze in some national/international, weather and
sports?
10164 MR. HUNSPERGER: We have a sample if you'd like to hear
it.
10165 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Sure.
10166 MR. HUNSPERGER: Okay.
10167 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Will it be audible to
everybody in the room?
10168 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes, sir.
10169 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Not the whole seven
minutes, please.
‑‑‑ Video presentation
10170 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I think that gives me a
picture. Thank you very
much.
10171 Perhaps I could just
work with that for a moment. How
often would we hear something like that Monday to Friday on the
station?
10172 MR. HUNT: Well, we propose to have our top and
bottom news during our morning drive and we also play top hour newscasts at two,
three, four and five o'clock during the afternoon.
10173 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. So, just give me the hours of your
morning drive so I'll have the specifics.
10174 MR. HUNT: 6:00 to 9:00 a.m.
10175 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: 6:00 to 9:00, you do it
on the hour and half hour?
10176 MR. HUNT: Yes.
10177 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Same
length?
10178 MR. HUNT: The bottom hour would be slightly
shorter, but...
10179 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Then two, three, four, five and six; is
that what you said?
10180 MR. HUNT: Correct.
10181 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: On the
top?
10182 MR. HUNT: Yeah.
10183 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And nothing after
that?
10184 MR. HUNT: No.
10185 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And on
weekends?
10186 MR. HUNT: We generally haven't done a lot of news
on the weekends.
10187 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Now, this ‑‑ assuming this is a
typical newscast, I mean, I'm not going to hold you, you can't only do it this
way, but you had a sort of terror in Iraq story, you had an Olympics story,
Mexican murder story, and then you went to the local news.
10188 Where would these
stories come from?
10189 MR. HUNT: From Radio News.
10190 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: From where,
sorry?
10191 MR. HUNT: The service, Radio News
Broadcasting.
10192 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That's the one that's
spelled strangely with capitals all over the place and
stuff?
10193 MR. HUNT: Yeah.
10194 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: RaDiO News Service,
generally one word sort of thing; is that correct?
10195 MR. HUNT: His name is Steve
Rae.
10196 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. And what is that service? We talked about it before, but sorry, I
just can't keep all the pieces in my brain from last week.
10197 MR. HUNT: It's a network news service out of
Canada.
10198 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Who owns
it?
10199 MR. HUNT: Steve Rae.
10200 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Steve
Rae.
10201 MR. HUNT: Mm‑hmm, out of
Ottawa.
10202 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And are you affiliated
with Steve Rae?
10203 MR. HUNT: Other than we buy his service,
yes.
10204 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Where is he
located?
10205 MR. HUNT: Ottawa.
10206 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. So, he'd prepare these from whatever
sources, maybe run and get you a quip from some
politician ‑‑
10207 MR. HUNT: Mm‑hmm.
10208 COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:
‑‑ if you needed one. And
he'd sell you the top of every news hour, essentially, that would be his
package?
10209 MR. HUNT: It's a package that we
purchase.
10210 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. So, now we go to the local
section.
10211 MR. HUNT: Mm‑hmm.
10212 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I didn't do any timing
there, but can you give me a sense of how long a kind of average local section
might run?
10213 MR. HUNT: That was about four and a half minutes
in total.
10214 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Total. So the top was about a minute and a half
or something like that?
10215 MR. HUNT: Correct, and the balance is
local.
10216 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. All right. So, you're dealing with three minutes of
local.
10217 MR. HUNT: Mm‑hmm.
10218 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, how are you going to
prepare that?
10219 MR. HUNT: That is prepared a variety of ways;
internet, newspaper, other sources of information, by staff ‑‑ by our
staff.
10220 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: How many staff would work
on that?
10221 MR. HUNT: Well, the thing is that we basically
have our on‑air people doing most of that at our current stations, our on‑air
people. We don't have a devoted
news department.
10222 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You have no news staff at
all?
10223 MR. HUNT: No. Not a hundred per cent devoted to
news.
10224 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, let me understand how
that works. Do you have two people
on air for, say, the morning drive?
10225 MR. HUNT: That's correct.
10226 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, it's Elizabeth and I
and we're happy, hey, Elizabeth, what about those Blue Jays we say, and stuff
like that; right? Sure glad I'm not
going to Mexico and whatever, we talk and then we put on a record, and then do
we start kind of writing some news while the record's on. I'm just
not ‑‑
10227 MR. HUNT: There's prep in advance of the
program.
10228 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, this would be done
prior to six in the morning; correct?
10229 MR. HUNT: Yes, they do it prior to their airing
it.
10230 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: My God, when do they
start work?
10231 MR. HUNT: Five o'clock.
10232 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, they've got about an
hour to whip the news together.
10233 MR. HUNT: Correct.
10234 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, they're pulling off
the Globe and Mail, they're pulling it off the internet, they're pulling it
off ‑‑
10235 MR. HUNT: Correct.
10236 COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:
‑‑ CBC maybe.
10237 MR. HUNT: Mm‑hmm.
10238 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. The two of them?
10239 MR. HUNT: Mm‑hmm.
10240 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. And is that the same for the
afternoon? Must be, you've got no
designated news staff; right?
10241 MR. HUNT: Yeah.
10242 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Do you have a news editor or anything
like that, somebody who ‑‑
10243 MR. HUNT: No.
10244 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Wow. Okay. Well, you're lean but not mean. Okay.
10245 Let's go to the other
spoken word there and if I'm doing my math correctly, that's 28 hours of spoken
work a week ‑‑ other spoken word.
10246 Well, let's just start
with staff. Like, what staff is
associated with that?
10247 MR. HUNT: With spoken word?
10248 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, the other 28 hours,
who puts that together?
10249 MR. HUNT: The ‑‑ most of that stuff is
off ‑‑ they have FTP sites, websites.
10250 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Sorry, you've got to help
me with those acronyms.
10251 MR. HUNT: FTP is just ‑‑ it's a place on the
internet that you can download those programs. Each of those spoken word places have a
designated site for us to download their programs and put them into our
system.
10252 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You mean it's not local
programming? It's not local in
orientation? This isn't about what's going on at City Hall or in Lethbridge, or
this isn't an interview with the Mayor or something like
that?
10253 MR. HUNT: Were you not talking about the brokered
programming?
10254 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, I'm not sure what
I'm talking about, frankly, which won't surprise you or anybody else in the
country.
10255 I've broken this
down ‑‑ here's what I have.
Let's review. I have 35.17
hours weekly of spoken word programming, then 7.17 hours of that is news,
weather and sports, leaving me with 28 hours.
10256 So, I guess I'm asking
you what goes in that 28 hours and who does it.
10257 MR. HUNT: Yeah, for the most part that includes
all of our programming including the brokerage
programming.
10258 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Ah...
10259 MR. HUNT: And our budget though only indicates
that probably we're only going to have about an hour of brokerage programming
like we do, for example, here in Calgary from nine to 10 o'clock at night
daily.
10260 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: One hour of brokered
programming?
10261 MR. HUNTER: Yeah.
10262 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. So, that takes seven out of the
28.
10263 MR. HUNT: Yeah.
10264 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, we're down to
21. What's that? What's that going to be made up
of?
10265 MR. HUNT: Well, it's not ‑‑ you know, I mean,
we were ‑‑ when we put this together we were looking at, you know, what
would be some of the possibilities but, in essence, what we're actually looking
at from a budget perspective is much less and it's just going to be mostly
music.
10266 In fact, that's what we
want really all of our FM stations to be is basically
music.
10267 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: This is a movaeble
feast.
10268 So, you've got ‑‑
that 21 hours ‑‑ I mean, the 35 ‑‑ I don't know where to start. 35.17, I'm going back to
basics.
10269 MR. HUNT: Yeah.
10270 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That's wrong then; isn't
it, it's really 14.17. 7.17 for the
news and then 7 hours for brokered programming is one hour each
night?
10271 MR. HUNT: That's true.
10272 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, the other 21 just
transubstantiated or something, I don't know, went
away.
10273 Well, what about local
reflection? I mean, we're quite
keen here on local reflection, sort of reflecting the community and, I
mean...
10274 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, you know, we do interviews on
our ‑‑ I mean, our understanding of spoken word is always, you know ‑‑
I'm sorry about this ‑‑ but it's always been the brokerage
thing.
10275 I mean the talk that
our on‑air staff does, the interviews that they do on the station when we bring
in some guest, whether it has to do with finances, or whether it has to do with
the rodeo going on, or whether it has to do with an artist that we bring in and
whatever, we have never calculated that as spoken word, we've just calculated
that as part of the on‑air scenario.
10276 So, we've never looked
at it from that perspective and ‑‑
10277 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Maybe I could just have a
quick word with ‑‑ I lost my little ‑‑ one of my piles of paper. Yes, here it is.
10278 Holly Taylor. Holly Taylor, come on
down.
10279 MS TAYLOR: Thank you. What did I win?
10280 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You're a host, you're a
host; right, in Calgary?
10281 MS TAYLOR: In Edmonton.
10282 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: In
Edmonton?
10283 MS TAYLOR: Yeah, 105.9
Shine‑FM.
10284 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, you're a morning
host?
10285 MS TAYLOR: No, afternoon
drive.
10286 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Afternoon drive. So, how long are you on
for?
10287 MS TAYLOR: I'm on from 1:00 to 6:00 Monday to
Friday.
10288 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: One to six. One to six. That's a long
drive.
10289 MS TAYLOR: It is, but it's
fun.
10290 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. So, in a typical day, Holly, you spin a
lot of music obviously.
10291 MS TAYLOR: Pardon me?
10292 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You spin a lot of
music.
10293 MS TAYLOR: Yes.
10294 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And what else do you
do?
10295 MS TAYLOR: We have news and we air calls, we have
interviews, sometimes get artists that come in. That's always fun because usually they
come into the station live because they're promoting some sort of local
event.
10296 We had Relient K in
most recently, so that was really good for the audience and all of that because
we had a call‑in and be involved with that.
10297 And then the general
banter, talking back and forth, and just ‑‑ yeah, pretty much that's about
it.
10298 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, have you got a piece
of paper and a pencil, I mean, that you could get your hands
on?
10299 MS TAYLOR: Yes.
10300 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I would like to give you
some homework and then I'll come back to you in a few minutes. But if you could try to break down just
roughly ‑‑
10301 MS TAYLOR: Mm‑hmm.
10302 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And try and give me an
average day, not the best day or the worst day or something, just sort
of ‑‑
10303 MS TAYLOR: How much I have...
10304 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: How much time you
spend ‑‑ and leave out the news, please, because we know about the news
already.
10305 MS TAYLOR: Sure.
10306 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: How much time you spend
interviewing and doing things like that, maybe doing reviews on records, I'm not
sure what you do, and how much time is music.
10307 Sort of leave out the
news, we know about the news now.
And if you could just do that roughly. I know it will be rough, but at least it
will give us an idea of what's going on in Edmonton.
10308 MS TAYLOR: Sounds good.
10309 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you very much. And I'm an easy marker so, but neatness
counts.
10310 So, to get back to this
thread, Mr. Hunsperger, when I'm talking about locally produced programming,
that's what I'm talking about, non‑news, but locally produced spoken
word.
10311 So, you might make your
own religious show to begin with, your own focus on the family. Do you have any notion that you might do
something like that?
10312 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes. We do that now,
yes.
10313 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You do that
now?
10314 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10315 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Where do you do
it?
10316 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, we usually have it on the weekends
in Calgary and in Edmonton.
10317 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, might you do one in
Lethbridge, or would you more likely run one of the ones from somewhere
else?
10318 MR. HUNSPERGER: We would do one in Lethbridge as well,
yes. And that's, you know, that's
usually on the weekends and that amounts to about an hour a
week.
10319 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Okay.
10320 MR. HUNSPERGER: I'm sorry, we have another ‑‑ for
example, in Edmonton we have a locally produced program that's a half hour a
day, so that's from 9:30 to 10 o'clock every night.
10321 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And that's on what kind
of themes?
10322 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, it's on prayer
basically.
10323 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, people are praying,
or are they talking about praying?
10324 MR. HUNSPERGER: Both.
10325 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Both?
10326 MR. HUNSPERGER: Mm‑hmm.
10327 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Do you do these religious
services? Do you ever do religious
services?
10328 MR. HUNSPERGER: We did. We had a live ‑‑ a worship service
every Sunday morning from 11 to 12 o'clock in both Calgary and Edmonton, but
what happened was the pastor who was very keen on that and got his congregation
to, you know, be involved in that and make it sound good on radio and all that
kind of thing ‑‑
10329 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Mm‑hmm.
10330 MR. HUNSPERGER:
‑‑ left, and then the new pastor that came along didn't want to do it any
more, and so we are trying to look and encourage somebody else to come on
board.
10331 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. So, that's a
possibility.
10332 How much of the
show's ‑‑ how much of what you anticipate putting on in terms of spoken
word would be community reflection rather than value reflection or religious
reflection?
10333 In other words, how
much of it would speak to people in Lethbridge because they're from Lethbridge,
rather than to people in Lethbridge because they want to be better people or
they want to bring up their children right or whatever, or they want to
pray?
10334 How much would be about
what's going on in City Hall about a zoning proposal, that kind of
thing?
10335 MR. HUNSPERGER: We don't do any programming like that
really. Our listeners want the
music and they want it to the place that they're not even interested in the news
other than tell us if the sky is falling.
10336 You know, they want a
bit of the temperature and whatever, they want the minimum kind of stuff. They don't want us to get into a big
production, they want music.
10337 We have tried. Up in Edmonton, for example, we've
brought on a sports program where we had a sports program locally produced from
four o'clock in the afternoon to six o'clock. You know, you get a few sports guys that
are excited about it, but bottom line people were telling us, no, no, no, when I
get out of the job, I want to get into my car and I want to listen to some
gospel music.
10338 And so that's where
we've been.
10339 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, let's ‑‑ maybe
this would help me. Do you know how
many staff members all told you anticipate having if Lethbridge is up and
running?
10340 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, we've got four in the programming,
not counting sales, and that would probably be an additional three to start off
with.
10341 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Four in programming, and
that's the morning folks and the afternoon folks; right?
10342 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10343 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Two teams of
two?
10344 MR. HUNSPERGER: And part‑timers, yes and
then ‑‑
10345 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Sorry, and sales would be
how many, do you think?
10346 MR. HUNSPERGER: Probably three to start off
with.
10347 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Would you have a station
manager?
10348 MS GILESPIE: One admin staff.
10349 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes, we have one admin staff, but they
do double duty in other areas as well.
10350 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Anybody else? You can throw in the janitor here. I mean, I just want to
know.
10351 MR. HUNSPERGER: Part‑time tech
person.
10352 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, put it down as a half
a person?
10353 MS GILESPIE: Yes.
10354 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes, sir.
10355 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Tech. So, I'm dealing with seven,
eight ‑‑ eight and a half person years, as that lingo goes. Anybody else?
10356 MS GILESPIE: Seven and a half, eight,
yeah.
10357 MR. HUNSPERGER: Seven and a half she says, so, seven and
a half, eight, yes.
10358 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Well, I was counting in admin staff,
four programmers, you know, news, disc jockeys, whatever you want to call
them.
10359 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10360 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Three sales and half a
tech?
10361 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10362 MS GILESPIE: Programming is two full time and two
part time.
10363 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Maybe you could turn your
mike on when you say that, sorry.
10364 MS GILESPIE: Sorry, programming was two full time and
two part time, resulting in three, three positions.
10365 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Oh, so the morning may be
full time and the afternoons half time or something?
10366 MS GILESPIE: Al could probably figure out how he
wants to divide the programming.
10367 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I see. Two programming full time, two half
time, so you're right, it comes to seven and a half.
10368 Well, I'm going to
posit a guess that you aren't going to do any spoken word programming
yourself ‑‑
10369 MR. HUNSPERGER: True.
10370 COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:
‑‑ on this station?
10371 MR. HUNSPERGER: That's true.
10372 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. That answers that
question.
10373 Just running through a
lot of questions I'm not going to ask you because you just answered the big
one.
10374 Now, we had a big
discussion this week ‑‑ and I hope we can do this pretty quickly
today ‑‑ about religious programming.
Frankly, I'm unsure what the impact of one hour each day in the evening
would be, but I'd like to put it in a general basis.
10375 If religious spoken
word programming, brokered or produced by yourself or re‑run from one of your
other stations becomes a part of your station's schedule, are you willing to
adhere to the religious broadcasting policy directives as you now understand
them to be, having met with counsel earlier last week?
10376 MR. HUNSPERGER: Absolutely.
10377 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Great. And are you ‑‑ can I take it as
given that you would accept a COL on balance, our standard condition of licence,
and you would accept our standard condition of licence on
ethics?
10378 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10379 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Religious
programming.
10380 MR. HUNSPERGER: Absolutely.
10381 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And you understand what I
mean by ethics now, the ‑‑
10382 MR. HUNSPERGER: We have it here. We've read it through,
absolutely.
10383 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Excellent. And if you have any questions, Ms
Bennett is standing by.
10384 MR. HUNSPERGER: They were very
helpful.
10385 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I'm glad to hear
that. They help me
too.
10386 Now, I'm just trying to
figure out your business case and I think the wisest place for us to
start ‑‑ and I really am almost finished ‑‑ but you did bring up a new
sheet of paper today and I think we better just be sure we understand all the
changes.
10387 No, before I'm going to
do that, Holly, have you done your homework?
10388 MS TAYLOR: Well, my math skills are a little weak,
but I usually talk, so think I got it.
10389 COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:
Okay. Give me a general idea of what your show
sounds like?
10390 MS TAYLOR: For an average week, I probably talk
about seven hours. Six and a half
to seven, that's a five‑hour show.
10391 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: For a
week?
10392 MS TAYLOR: For an entire week, not straight because
I only work...
10393 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Let's take seven because
it comes to ‑‑ no, it's only a five‑day week for you;
right?
10394 MS TAYLOR: Yes, unless I work
weekends.
10395 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And what type of things
come out of your mouth other than introducing songs or telling people the news
and weather?
10396 MS TAYLOR: I talk about events that are happening
within our community, sometimes it's fundraising events, there's olympics, that
was huge, there's generally a lot of calls with that.
10397 I also talk about what
today is, because each day tends to be something different, like, starting
Wednesday is the kick‑off to Lent, so that can also generate some calls as
well.
10398 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I think we call the
kick‑off to Lent Ash Wednesday still.
‑‑‑ Laughter/Rire
10399 MS TAYLOR: Well, kick‑off to Lent sounds a lot more
fun, don't you think? Com'on
now.
10400 All right, Ash
Wednesday then, if you want to be all correct.
10401 So, yeah, events that
are like that that are happening, people want to know about
them.
10402 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You talk about people
calling in. Do you have open line
shows?
10403 MS TAYLOR: Yeah, I just ‑‑ they're always
open. If anybody ever wants to
call, they can call and we chat.
10404 Sometimes I'll air it,
sometimes I won't. They request
songs and we have the Hot 5 at 5:00 where we ask people to call in to vote for
their favourite song, so...
10405 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: But do they actually get
on the air, or do you speak to them while the music is
playing?
10406 MS TAYLOR: I speak to them while the music is
playing.
10407 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I
see.
10408 MS TAYLOR: And then I have to record it and then
air it.
10409 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And then later you say, I
just got a call from Fred ‑‑
10410 MS TAYLOR: Yeah.
10411 COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:
‑‑ and he's intersted in the kick‑off to Lent?
‑‑‑ Laughter/Rire
10412 MS TAYLOR: Yes, because they're
hip.
10413 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I wonder if Wayne
Gretzky's wife would bet on the coin toss for the kick‑off to Lent. How would we work
that?
10414 We'll put Mr.
Hildebrand on that for Phase 4.
10415 MS TAYLOR: So, generally, events happening in the
community and that type of thing.
10416 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. That's very helpful. But you're not ‑‑ you know, you
might do an interview, but you're not necessarily going to do an interview every
day with a songwriter or something like that?
10417 MS TAYLOR: Right. Probably an average of one a week,
either between my show or the morning show.
10418 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Well, we're getting your spoken word up
there a little bit.
10419 And what about straight
phone‑ins, I mean, open line; do you do that?
10420 MS TAYLOR: Just throw something out and then say,
hey, call in?
10421 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Yeah. How 'bout those Blue Jays; that's what
you'd probably ask in Lethbridge.
No one would call.
10422 MS TAYLOR: Yeah. They're usually pre‑recorded just
because we want to make sure that nobody is swearing or says something
inappropriate, then you'd get the phone call for that
and ‑‑
10423 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, do you have the
second delay mechanism set up for that problem?
10424 MS TAYLOR: Mm‑hmm.
10425 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That's how you do
it?
10426 MS TAYLOR: But it's easier to edit it for
time.
10427 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Right. So, there would be some open
line?
10428 MR. HUNSPERGER: We have a noon hour show, for example,
where people call in and request songs and things like that, and those are all
recorded off air and then put on air after the song is
over.
10429 It's really
not ‑‑
10430 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Oh, you can
control ‑‑
10431 MR. HUNSPERGER: We don't really
have ‑‑
10432 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: It's not a real time open
line?
10433 MR. HUNSPERGER: No, no, no. We don't have an open line
show.
10434 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Okay.
10435 MR. HUNSPERGER: But we have people on the air as we
record it.
10436 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And might you do
something like that in Lethbridge?
10437 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10438 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Same idea. Okay.
10439 MR. HUNSPERGER: We have the Hot 5 at five, for example,
where people vote and then they call in and if you can name No. 3, you know, you
win a pizza or all that kind of thing.
10440 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Works for me. Anything to get that cholesterol up
there.
10441 Holly, I'm giving you
an A‑ because you didn't know Ash Wednesday, but other than that, it was a great
report.
‑‑‑ Laughter/Rire
10442 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. We'll move now to the money. Show me the money.
10443 And you filed with
me ‑‑ with us today a revised financial operations seven‑year projection I
guess you'd call it.
10444 And I can find some
things that I see are changed, but I'd like somebody on your staff to walk me
through it on the record telling me where the changes are,
please.
10445 MS GILESPIE: Actually, these are not revised
financial statements, they reflect the actual amounts that we sent in on the
original application with our Excel spread sheets.
10446 The CRTC form that you
received previously were transposed errors from those Excel spread sheets, so
these numbers here actually are our business plan ‑‑ our original business
plan.
10447 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You're saying we made the
mistake?
10448 MS GILESPIE: No, no, no, we had a consultant send in
the CRTC form and when they took the figures from our Excel spread sheet into
the CRTC form, they were inaccurate.
10449 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I
see.
10450 MS GILESPIE: So, these are actually the numbers that
we filed with the application.
10451 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, what I see here
then ‑‑ maybe I should take you through what I see has changed and then you
can tell me if I've missed anything.
10452 I see under revenue a
new category. It all still amounts
to the same gross amount of revenue, I don't quibble with that, but I see a new
category for spoken word.
10453 MS GILESPIE: Yes.
10454 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Starting at $60,000 in
year one and running up to $153,156 in year seven and that category before was
called network.
10455 MS GILESPIE: Yes.
10456 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, maybe you should
explain it.
10457 MS GILESPIE: And we said that in our opening remarks,
that it was re‑classified because the wording was wrong, that it should have
been spoken word, not networking.
10458 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And that's sale of
brokered programming?
10459 MS GILESPIE: Yes, the one‑hour program we have Monday
to Friday.
10460 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, what time was that
stuff running again, or are you planning to run it?
10461 MR. HUNSPERGER: Ten o'clock at
night.
10462 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Ten to
eleven?
10463 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10464 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: One hour of brokered
programming?
10465 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10466 MS GILESPIE: Yes.
10467 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And by year seven you're
going to be netting $153,000 plus from that?
10468 MR. HUNSPERGER: How can you tell what's going to happen
in year seven, sir. I mean, you
know, that's ‑‑
10469 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: All
right.
10470 MR. HUNSPERGER:
‑‑ that's taking our magic wand again and hoping
that ‑‑
10471 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, let's use year one
and two.
10472 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes.
10473 MS GILESPIE: Yes.
10474 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Year one it's
$60,000.
10475 MS GILESPIE: Yes, that's the one hour. We may bump it up to a two‑hour program,
which will double our revenue in the first year. Because FM is primarily a music format,
we don't want to put any more spoken word, we'd like to keep it as minimal as
possible.
10476 And so the increase
after that is basically just an increase in contract on the existing
amount.
10477 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, you're telling me
that ‑‑ and let me see if I've got this right ‑‑ what you filed today
and what you filed but termed network rather than spoken
word ‑‑
10478 MS GILESPIE: Uh‑huh.
10479 COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:
‑‑ year one, you're confident you will ‑‑
10480 MS GILESPIE: That's very
minimal.
10481 COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:
‑‑ you will rake in 60,000 bucks for one hour of brokered programming and
then the 120 doubles it; is that it, you're moving to two
hours?
10482 MS GILESPIE: Yes, you're
correct.
10483 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, Steve, you're
taking notes on spoken word programming, we're up to 14 on year two here on
brokered programming.
10484 And then after that
you're going to stay with two hours ‑‑
10485 MS GILESPIE: We hope so.
10486 COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:
‑‑ but you're estimating about a 15 per cent
increase?
10487 MS GILESPIE: Yes, our success rate has been great
with those spoken word programmings.
10488 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: There's so much money in
this, why do you waste time with music?
I mean, why don't you just play this all the time?
10489 MS GILESPIE: Well, that's why we have an AM station
because the demographic prefers the spoken word programming and it basically
has ‑‑ is our cash fund.
10490 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Could you say that again
a little louder?
10491 MS GILESPIE: Our AM
stations ‑‑
10492 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD:
Yes.
10493 MS GILESPIE: ‑‑
that we have been applying for, it is a lucrative market. The spoken word program from that
definitely helps finance our other operation.
10494 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you very
much.
10495 Now, the next change I
see is in administration and general where all the numbers have changed and
changed dramatically, essentially have been cut in half.
10496 MS GILESPIE: Yes.
10497 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: What happened
there?
10498 MR. GILESPIE: I believe the consultant took our
non‑operating expenses and doubled them into our administration and
general. So, that's why the
expenses were very high and the non‑operating expenses they had, they had used
from our cashflow statement and not our actual statements.
10499 So, our administration
had huge amount of expenses that were doubled up.
10500 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, you've just gotten
rid of ‑‑
10501 MS GILESPIE: We got rid of the non‑operating expenses
that they had used from our cashflow plus the operating expenses were not
accurate. They took our two spread
sheets and transposed them onto the CRTC form.
10502 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Are our financial folks
happy with that explanation? Okay.
Because it's a little over my head.
10503 But as long as ‑‑
anyway counsel will have another bite at the cherry if I've just missed it
wrong.
10504 So, you're telling me
essentially about a million dollars roughly in expenses have
disappeared?
10505 MS GILESPIE: They didn't disappear, they just ‑‑
the format that they had sent in, they had doubled them up,
yes.
10506 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I see. So, all the real expenses are still
there.
10507 MS GILESPIE: Yes.
10508 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You had just in error
somehow done the things twice?
10509 MS GILESPIE: Yes, correct.
10510 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: No wonder the guys who
work at Revenue Canada all have ulcers, eh.
10511 Okay, I guess that
answers my questions. I guess the
only last question I would ask you is to explain to me how, taking these
statistics that you got from Ipsos Reid about the market share you can hope to
attract, taking into account the size of the market and the very, very
professional operators that are in there now and selling ads as fast and as hard
as they can, taking into account that it's very likely there may be more
operators ‑‑ it's not impossible anyway ‑‑ taking into account Mr.
Hildebrand, if he's successful, is very unlikely just to hide in his room and
let the building burn around him; how, with all of those elements have you
projected this reasonably healthy statement of revenue and
expenses?
10512 What's been your
methodology, so I can try to understand how, when you've got all those pieces,
you came up with these numbers?
10513 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, you know, we have, as we said
before, looked at what's happened in Edmonton, what's happened in Calgary and
we've pared it down with our expenses and we know that there is a market
for ‑‑ and we truly believe that there is a market for our kind of
programming with a Shine‑FM and we believe that the Ipsos Reid research
basically indicated that for us, that 27 per cent of those that were called said
they would like to listen to a station.
10514 And we, of course, can
talk about how many hours that is or whatever but, in the long run, we believe
that we will have a good portion of listeners and that we will also have
advertisers that will step up to the plate.
10515 And these people are
not ignorant about what's happening in Calgary and what's happening in Edmonton
and they wanted our kind of programming to come into the Lethbridge
market.
10516 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Fair
enough.
10517 Those are my questions,
Mr. Chair.
10518 Thank you very much,
ladies and gentlemen.
10519 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr.
Langford.
10520 Commissioner
Duncan.
10521 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: I have a question in
regards to the contra income line that you show, $140,000 a
year.
10522 And I believe we had a
bit of an explanation for that line the other day, but would you mind just
repeatig it.
10523 What I understand is
that these are ads you're going to allow people on your station in exchange for
ads, et cetera, so then could you tell me then of the 140,000, how the
expenses ‑‑ how it's allocated to the expenses, programming, advertising,
admin?
10524 MS GILESPIE: It's allocated in the sales department
expenses as a contra expense.
10525 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: It's all
sales?
10526 MS GILESPIE: Yes.
10527 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Okay.
10528 MS GILESPIE: Yes, it's all promotional,
yes.
10529 COMMISSIONER
DUNCAN: Thank you. That's it, I
think.
10530 THE CHAIRPERSON:
Counsel?
10531 MS BENNETT: Thank you. I just have a couple of housekeeping
questions.
10532 Firstly, with respect
to the discussion that you had with Commissioner Langford about the amended
schedule 4.1 and the fact that it's correcting errors that were filed with your
original application, could you just confirm that the financial schedules and
the financial assumptions provided with your application are accurate and
complete.
10533 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes, they are.
10534 MS BENNETT: Thank you. And then one just clarification matter
with respect to your Canadian content proposal.
10535 With your application
you said that you would broadcast a minimum of 10 per cent Canadian content in
category 3.
10536 And then today ‑‑
it was on page 6, yes, page 6 of your oral presentation, you said that you would
maintain a level of Canadian content of 15 per cent.
10537 Are you proposing to
increase your minimum commitment by COL, or is that harkening back to your
commitment in the application, that you would do your best to get to 15 per
cent?
10538 MR. HUNSPERGER: Well, we have always said that we would
do our best to get to 15 per cent, but we've discussed this over ‑‑
discussed this with Mr. Hunt and we've discussed this as a group and we have no
problem as a COL of providing 15 per cent on this
application.
10539 MS BENNETT: Thank you very
much.
10540 THE CHAIRPERSON: I forgot to ask the question that all
the other applicants have been asked regarding, if the Commission was to grant
more than one licence, which one could have a negative impact on your business
plan and why?
10541 MR. HUNSPERGER: We don't believe that any of the
applicants would have a negative part on our business plan and we believe that
Lethbridge is a thriving market that can handle, obviously, more than one
station.
10542 THE CHAIRPERSON: And how many others? You said more than one, so how
many? Another one,
or...
10543 MR. HUNSPERGER: Oh, I think so. I mean, you know ‑‑ I mean, you
know, what I have seen is we are a small company that's used to very lean profit
margins, and so for us we love the opportunity for people to be able to have a
variety within a market like Lethbridge.
10544 And, you know, when you
come to other broadcasts, I mean, they think it's hard done by if they're not
making millions of dollars.
10545 So, you know, we
believe that the market of Lethbridge is a healthy market and that more than
one, two stations...
10546 And, you know, I know
that Mr. Hildebrand and myself could be in there plus another station, no
problem.
10547 THE CHAIRPERSON: So, I am coming to my wrap‑up
question. Can you, in your own
words, tell us ‑‑ give us the compelling reasons for which this Commission
should retain your application?
10548 MR. HUNSPERGER: Thank you, Mr.
Chairman.
10549 I mean, we once again
draw your attention to our Ipsos Reid survey. We believe that there is a good audience
that wants to listen to our kind of programming in the Lethbridge
market.
10550 We also believe that we
have a strong business plan and that we have ownership that has been committed
for the long haul with our kind of programming, as difficult as it is when we're
introducing a new niche to the Canadian market.
10551 As we have indicated
with the legal counsel, we are prepared as a condition of licence to increase
our Canadian content to 15 per cent.
10552 We, of course, are also
providing $56,000 in Canadian talent development and we believe that we've put
together a business model that would be successful in the Lethbridge
market.
10553 And we hope that we
will be granted a licence and that we would bring pride to the Commission for
what we would be doing down there in Lethbridge.
10554 I want to thank you so
much for your time and for your questions.
10555 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much, Mr. Hunsperger, and
to your team.
10556 We will take a
10‑minute break, come back at 5:15 and then we'll do Phase 2, 3 and 4 in one
section.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing at 1705 / Suspension à
1705
‑‑‑ Upon resuming at 1720 / Reprise à
1720
10557 THE CHAIRPERSON: Order, please.
10558 Ms
Secretary.
10559 THE SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr.
Chairman.
10560 For the record, I would
like to indicate that the Vista Broadcast Group has filed two documents that
will be placed on the public examination file.
10561 One of them is the
market for a new Classic Hits FM radio station in Lethbridge, it's the result of
a local radio advertiser survey dated November, 2005, an abridged version, and
the other document is Vista Radio's seven‑year revenue and program
expenditure.
10562 These documents will be
available in the public examination room should you wish to consult with
them.
10563 We are now ready to
proceed to Phase 2 of the proceedings.
10564 The following
applicants have indicated that they will not appear in this phase and they are,
Golden West Broadcasting, Newcap Inc., 1182743 Alberta Limited and Touch
Broadcasting.
10565 I would now call on
Vista Radio Limited to proceed with Phase 2. Thank you.
INTERVENTION
10566 MR. EDWARDS: Thank you, Mr. Chairman,
Commissioners.
10567 We'll keep ourselves as
brief as possible. We have two
competing applications we wish to make comment on, the first one with great
respect to the Newcap application and I'm going to ask Jason Mann to provide a
little more detail.
10568 MR. J. MANN: Thank you, Bryan.
10569 It is clear that
Newcap's information is out of date and inaccurate with respect to what B‑93's
music format is and, for that matter, what the exact make‑up or composition of
the radio format landscape in Lethbridge truly is.
10570 And I referred to a
monitor in Phase 1 and I can't sit idly by without responding to Newcap's
assertions.
10571 My colleagues and I
have been very thorough and have taken a very serious approach to our due
diligence in researching the Lethbridge market in every
way.
10572 Upon evaluating the
research provided by Banister Research, which clearly outlined the high demand
and low availability of the Classic Hits format, as did Newcap's own research
from Mark Kassof research, we noted some discrepancies between how B‑93 was
characterizing their station and how the community was responding to
it.
10573 So, we undertook an
additional measure to provide assurance that Banister's research was, indeed,
accurate.
10574 We performed monitors
of the Lethbridge market and it is with one hundred per cent confidence I can be
before you today and tell you that, (1), B‑93 is not a Classic Hits station;
(2), it is clear that Pattison has abandoned the format for a much more current
based format, one that would be better described as a Top 40 leaning Hot AC
station; (3), Classic Hits 94.1 will play 35 per cent of our music from the
1970s, 45 per cent from the 1980s, 10 per cent from the 1990s and 10 per cent
from 2000 to today.
10575 By contrast, the River
and B‑93 primarily focus on the contemporary music of
today.
10576 According to our recent
monitors, the most recent of which was just eleven days ago, 0 per cent of
B‑93's repertoire is derived from the 1970s, that's zero, and only 5 per cent of
their format is from the 1980s. 15
per cent of B‑93's music is from the 1990s, and 80 per cent of their music from
the year 2000 to today.
10577 Modern contemporary
music from Beyoncé, the Pussy Cat Dolls, the Black Eyed Peas and Green Day would
more accurately characterize the B‑93 format.
10578 In addition, less than
6 per cent of the River's music comes from the 1970s and only 15 per cent of the
River's recent ‑‑ of the River's repertoire is 1980s.
10579 As far as Rock 106 is
concerned, at least two‑thirds of its repertoire is 1990s and newer, and
whatever older music it plays is exclusively from the classic rock genre,
whereas our primary focus will be on pop music from the 1970s and
1980s.
10580 And, finally, Country
95 offers a distinct country format.
10581 Now, all that I've just
said to you, we have provided the Secretary with 15 copies on a summary hand‑out
showing you a complete analysis of our complete monitor.
10582 It breaks down the
music on each station by decade, including the proposed Classic Hits 94.1
format.
10583 We have also mapped a
grid exactly how each station would place on a hard‑to‑soft and new‑to‑old X/Y
axis. And I have included a copy of
our exact monitors from February 16th, 2006.
10584 THE CHAIRPERSON: I have a question. Have you made these three charts
available to the other applicants and do you have enough copies to make it
available, if you haven't made it?
10585 MR. J. MANN: We have not made it available, however,
we have provided 15 copies, so, yes, they would be.
10586 THE CHAIRPERSON: So, I will ask the Secretary to give a
copy to the four other applicants so that at the time of reply they could
comment on your filing.
10587 MR. J. MANN: Yes.
10588 MR. YERXA: Mr. Chairman, Commissioners, Commission
staff, as Jason Mann just indicated, the whole basis of Newcap's argument for
moving away from Classic Hits, according to their research consultant, was his
belief that another station, in this case B‑93, might be moving in that
direction, and the results from Jason's most recent monitor of 11 days ago
should put to rest any further argument about the validity of the research and
the size of the hole that exists for a true Classic Hits FM station in
Lethbridge.
10589 Now, I've been asked to
present some demographic information in response to comments made by Mr. Larsen
in his remarks to the Commission Panel earlier this
afternoon.
10590 What Mr. Larsen says
about recent growth in the upper demos in Lethbridge may be true, however, upon
analyzing the 2001 census data, one realizes that in the case of Vista, the
35‑44 age cell still represents the largest 10‑year cohort in the overall
population, and even the 25‑44 cell is still notably larger than the 45‑64
cell.
10591 It is also important to
recognize that in the Parksville/Qualicum Beach region of Vancouver Island, the
only other market in Canada where this format exists, approximately half of the
population is 55 plus years of age, yet according to Lethbridge's just completed
2005 municipal census only 22.7 per cent of its population is over
55.
10592 Therefore, suffice it
to say that these two markets, Lethbridge and Parksville/Qualicum Beach, remain
very different both demographically, not to mention
pyschographically.
10593 While Classic Hits may
not be as distinct as Adult Standards Modern Nostalgia, it still represents the
most popular mainstream format that is not being offered on the local FM dial in
Lethbridge.
10594 The Adult Standards
Modern Nostalgia format is much more niche oriented in its appeal and,
therefore, given the size and nature of the Lethbridge market, is much less
viable than Classic Hits.
10595 That concludes my
comments on the matter.
10596 THE CHAIRPERSON: Does that conclude your
intervention?
10597 MS MICALLEF: Yes, it does.
10598 THE CHAIRPERSON: I have a question for Mr.
Yerxa.
10599 MR. YERXA: Yerxa.
10600 THE CHAIRPERSON: Yerxa, excuse me, you ended earlier than
I was expecting.
10601 Obviously, do you have
an idea of the population size ‑‑ the size of the population of
Parksville?
10602 MR. YERXA: I do have that.
10603 THE CHAIRPERSON: And say what you would consider the
market rather than specifically the locality.
10604 MR. YERXA: All right. I'm going to try and ‑‑ I'm digging
this out of a lot of data, but...
10605 THE CHAIRPERSON: Mm‑hmm. Only a ballpark number. Are we talking 200,000 population,
or...
10606 MR. YERXA: What we're looking at is that ‑‑ my
understanding is that Parksville and Qualicum Beach fall within the ‑‑ what
is considered to be the tourism region of Ocean Side, in other words, it
incorporates those communities of Parksville, Qualicum Beach, Nanoose Bay,
Pincher Creek and so on, and the Ocean Side population is approximately
25,000.
10607 Now, according to the
information which my research director has dug up, the Parksville 2001 census
data summary was, it looks to be about 10,323.
10608 THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay. Well, the first number is
suffice ‑‑
10609 MR. YERXA: Right.
10610 THE CHAIRPERSON:
‑‑ because it's the overall market.
Obviously, 50 per cent of 25,000 is smaller than 22.5 per cent of the
trading area of Lethbridge which is 190,000, and if I was to take the
trading ‑‑ the full trading area, the trading area you've said it, is
275,000, but the Lethbridge trading area, according to the City of Lethbridge,
is somewhere in the 190,000.
10611 Obviously, we are not
comparing apples with apples here.
10612 MR. YERXA: Mr. Chairman, you're quite correct. You'll notice, however, that I finished
off my remarks by saying that there is a demographic difference. The fact is that this region of
Vancouver Island is a retirement haven, a much older area, but probably the most
significant difference between these two markets is a psychographic
difference.
10613 We're dealing with a
community on Vancouver Island as opposed to a rural Alberta community, and I
think that that ‑‑ although we can't start throwing around a lot of numbers
in that respect, that really counts for a lot in this
province.
10614 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
10615 I understand what you
are saying.
10616 Any questions, my
colleagues?
10617 Thank you very
much.
10618 THE SECRETARY: Mr. Chairman, this completes Phase 2 of
the proceedings.
10619 THE CHAIRPERSON: I apologize, Ms Secretary, but Madam del
Val did ask Golden West to appear at the intervention
phase.
10620 So, call Mr. Hildebrand
to come up at the table, please.
INTERVENTION
10621 MR. HILDEBRAND: Thank you. I thought the question was going to be
done in Phase 4, so, that's fine.
10622 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: No, Mr. Hildebrand, I'm sorry
to call you back up. I would have
asked the question during Phase 1.
10623 MR. HILDEBRAND: Oh.
10624 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: It was on your intervention
against Vista.
10625 MR. HILDEBRAND: Right.
10626 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: And that's why I had asked
whether you were coming back for Phase 2.
10627 MR. HILDEBRAND: Sure. Okay.
10628 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: So, I'm referring to your
intervention of January 11th, and you mentioned in ‑‑ the letter
reads:
"Vista proposes a format already in the
market, therefore, not really adding to the diversity in the market. Their revenue projections seem to be
overly aggressive for a start‑up station."
(As read)
10629 So, the first question
is regarding the format already in the market. Which format did you have in mind and
offered by which station?
10630 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, basically it was my understanding
that much of the music that they were offering was already available in the
market in one form or another by the various other
stations.
10631 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay. So, you were not thinking
of ‑‑
10632 MR. HILDEBRAND: Not format specific, it was just that
much of the music that I saw them proposing was already
there.
10633 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Thank you. Then on ‑‑ why do you think their
revenue projections seem to be overly aggressive for a start‑up station,
specifically do you think, are the expenses too low, are the revenues too high,
or can you ‑‑
10634 MR. HILDEBRAND: Under our scenarios that we've seen in
other markets, we felt that the revenue projections that they had were very
aggressive and with the format that they were proposing, we felt that would be
hard to do. And so that was the
rational for our response.
10635 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay. You just don't think
that ‑‑
10636 MR. HILDEBRAND: I just don't think that they would hit
those numbers in the three years that they're proposing and I think the format
that they're working on is also going to be very tough to maintain, and I think
I've put in the letter that, in all likelhood, formats would change in due
course.
10637 So, the rational was
based on what we've seen in other markets and what we estimate is available for
advertising revenue in the Lethbridge area.
10638 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Do you have any comment in
terms of the expenses? Do you find
that their projections ‑‑
10639 MR. HILDEBRAND: No, I don't really have because people
can spend whatever money they want.
It's harder to get the advertising in than to spend the
money.
10640 COMMISSIONER del
VAL: Okay. Thank you very much, and thank you for
coming back.
10641 MR. HILDEBRAND: Thank you.
10642 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr.
Hildebrand.
10643 Ms
Secretary.
10644 THE SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr.
Chairman.
10645 That completes Phase 2
and we will now proceed to Phase 3 in which other parties may appear in the
order set out in the agenda to present their intervention.
10646 The first appearing
intervenor is Ms Janelle Reinhart and she has informed us, because of medical
reasons, she cannot attend. She had
prepared her oral presentation, which we will attach to her
intervention.
10647 I would now call on the
other appearing intervenor and that's Jim Pattison Broadcast Group
Limited.
10648 If you could please
identify yourself before speaking, and you will have 10 minutes for your
presentation.
INTERVENTION
10649 MR. ARNISH: Thank you, Madam Secretary. Good afternoon, Mr. Chairman,
Commissioners, Commission staff.
10650 My name is Rick Arnish,
president of the Jim Pattison Broadcast Group Limited
Partnership.
10651 With me today to my
left, to your right, is Mr. Rob Bye, who is the general manager of our
Lethbridge radio operations, and to my right, to your left, Chris Weafer, our
legal counsel from Owen Bird.
10652 Members of the
Commission, we are pleased to have this opportunity to appear before you this
afternoon to offer our comments on items 14 through 18 on your agenda which deal
with applications for new licences in Lethbridge,
Alberta.
10653 We do not like to
intervene against applications and understand the desire of the Commission to
provide new services to markets where the market can support a new
licence.
10654 That said, we take our
service to our individual markets very seriously and where we see a situation
where we believe will cause undue negative impact on our stations, impacting our
ability to provide the level of service we provide in a market, we have no
alternative but to bring that to the attention of the Commission to ensure the
Commission considers the situation from a well‑informed
basis.
10655 We will comment today
on four matters: (a), we will
summarize our written comments; (b), we will provide a brief description of our
Lethbridge operations and, particularly, our spoken word programming; (c), we
will comment on the importance of the review of commercial radio policy process
in the context of this application; and (d), we will comment on the submissions
made last week, including a
submission made by one of these applicants, the applications for licences in
Calgary and Airdrie and the relevance on the question of the appropriate number
of licences for a market the size of
Lethbridge.
10656 In summarizing our
written submission, we are in support of the application by Golden West
Broadcasting Limited and oppose the applications by Vista Broadcast Group Inc.,
Newcap Inc., 1182743 Alberta Limited and Touch Canadian Broadcasting
Inc.
10657 As indicated in our
written submissions, the application by Golden West has the least impact on the
existing stations serving the Lethbridge market and would enable the radio
service presently operated by Spirit Broadcasting to achieve economic stability,
thereby preserving that service in the market.
10658 Approval of the Golden
West application will, in effect, be the issuance of a new licence in the
market.
10659 We noted that none of
the financial information filed by the other applicants indicates that a market
the size of Lethbridge can support the licensing of two additional
licences.
10660 It's our submission
that the addition of two new stations, Golden West and any other of the
applicants, will have a material financial impact on our operations in
Lethbridge.
10661 The Commission is aware
of our financial performance in Lethbridge. It is at a level which is below the
average PBIT for our FM operations in the market and is well below the national
average for FM operations.
10662 As Mr. Bye can tell
you, that is partly a function of our commitment to be the news and information
service provider in the area.
10663 As you know, talk and
information commitment is a significant cost to operators, but we choose to
provide this service as it's important to our commitment to the community. It's also important to our development
of a broad‑based information voice in radio in Western
Canada.
10664 The addition of a new
station in addition to Golden West in the market will further split the revenues
available from the Lethbridge market, creating a significant challenge to
retaining that level of service in the market.
10665 In our written
intervention, we also highlighted our concerns that a number of the applicants
are not adding a diverse format to the market.
10666 We described the number
and nature of the media outlets in Lethbridge, it's a market well served by a
number of competing media.
10667 Finally, we indicated
that we are not aware of any market of approximately 80,000 people which
supports six stations owned by four different
owners.
10668 I would now ask Mr. Bye
to provide you with a brief description of our service to
Lethbridge.
10669 MR. BYE: Pardon me. Members of the Commission, I would like
to take the opportunity to specifically highlight our strong commitment to local
news and information programming.
10670 Our radio stations have
been serving the Lethbridge/Tabor area for over 40 years. We firmly believe that having a fully
staffed and professional information team helps provide a vital link of timely
news to our local community.
10671 Each of our FM stations
provides as much or more spoken word and news programming than any of the
applicants in this proceeding.
10672 Our newsroom has four
full‑time staff members. CHLB has
77 newscasts per week for a total of eight and a half hours of news, sports and
weather; CJBZ has 47 newscasts per week for a total of 4.9 hours of news,
weather and sports.
10673 We're the only local
radio stations with dedicated newsroom staff on weekday afternoons and
weekends. Our news focus is
local. We have beat reporters who
cover City Hall, police, the courts, regional hospitals, the school board, the
university and college, whenever and wherever the story is
happening.
10674 Over 75 per cent of our
news is local and regional. That
would include stories affecting our rural listeners in southwestern Alberta, as
well as stories from our provincial capital in Edmonton. Approximately 25 per cent of our news is
national and international.
10675 If I may quote our
Mayor, Bob Tarleck, from a recent letter he wrote in support of the Pattison
application for the Calgary licence.
"Jim Pattison Group operates two radio
stations in Lethbridge, Country‑95 and B‑93 are very community minded. They're present and active in most local
events and provide support for many local activities. Municipal Government depends on the
local media to get factual and timely information out to our residents in the
interests of good government. In
times of emergency, it is imperative that the media provide citizens with the
right information so the public can take the appropriate action to ensure their
safety. We know that Country‑95 and
B‑93 provide this vital link between citizens and government." (As read)
10676 MR. ARNISH: Mr. Chairman, members of the Commission,
Mr. Bye mentioned our long‑standing service in the commuity. Vista Broadcasting highlighted that
there has not been a licence issued in the market for over 40 years. That is not entirely accurate, in that
Spirit Broadcasting received a licence six years ago. It has not been
successful.
10677 We acquired the
licences that we operate in Lethbridge six years ago as well. We would ask the Commission to review
the economics of the Lethbridge market over the past six
years.
10678 We acquired struggling
radio stations, stations which lost approximately $800,000 in fiscal 2000. We have invested significantly in
stabilizing our operations which, in turn, have created a stable radio market in
Lethbridge.
10679 We do not believe the
issuance of a licence to Golden West to operate the commercial Christian station
plus a new entrant will ensure continued stability in the Lethbridge service
area.
10680 Mr. Chairman and
members of the Commission, we also submit that the upcoming review of the
commercial radio policy as set out Broadcasting Notice of Public Hearing 2006‑1
issued January 13, is a relevant factor to your consideration of these
applications.
10681 We expect that there
will be strong submissions made to the Commission during that process dealing
with unique aspects of smaller secondary markets like Lethbridge. Those submissions will comment on the
ownership, structure and licensing criteria which should apply in those
markets.
10682 Our concern is that the
Commission will be assessing these applictions for Lethbridge without the
benefit of considering those submissions.
10683 As an aside, we are
facing that same concern in other markets in which we operate, Grand Prairie and
Medicine Hat.
10684 The commercial radio
review will be considering the impact of new audio technology such as satellite
radio on the radio industry. We are
in the preliminary stages of assessing the impact of satellite radio in
secondary market communities.
10685 There is already some
strong evidence to sugest that secondary markets which do not have the variety
of signals available in a major market are most vulnerable to influx of
satellite radio.
10686 Lastly, Mr. Chairman
and members of the Commission, we want to comment on the issue of how many
licences are appropriate for a market the size of Lethbridge, a market of
approximately 80,000 people.
10687 Last week you heard
submissions on the Calgary market and the Airdrie market, including from some of
these applicants, that they are helpful for the assessing the appropriate number
of stations for this size of market.
10688 Calgary is a market of
roughly 1‑million people. There are
currently 13 commercial radio licences and you may add up to three, making a
total of 16. That would roughly
equate to one licence for 62,000 people.
10689 You also heard
applications from Airdrie, a market of approximately 26,000
people.
10690 On Thursday afternoon,
Commissioner Langford asked the Newcap panel whether a market of 26,000 people
could support two licences.
10691 We have a high regard
for Newcap who operate in many small markets across Canada and in Alberta. Newcap indicated that Airdrie could not
support two licences as it would be difficult to maintain an acceptable level of
service. We
agree.
10692 If a market of 26,000
people cannot support two stations owned by two different owners, clearly it
makes no sense to accept that a market of 80,000 people can support six stations
with four owners.
10693 We're not aware of any
market in Canada the size of Lethbridge which has six stations operated by four
different owners.
10694 Thank you, Mr. Chairman
and members of the Commission. We
are pleased to respond to any questions you may have.
10695 Thank
you.
10696 THE CHAIRPERSON: Commissioner
Langford.
10697 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank
you.
10698 Okay. Thank you, Mr.
Chair.
10699 I read your written
intervention, some of which is highlighted here again today, and I read the
reply by Larsen I think it was replied to it, so I have a sense of what others
are saying.
10700 And I guess I want to
start with the notion that you repeated today and stated very clearly in your
written intervention, which I want to tell you I have a little trouble with, so
I'll start with the one I have a little problem with and, that is, that if we
agree to the Hildebrand request to purchase this failing station Spirit and try
and turn it around, part of which would be to increase the power, we are ‑‑
I think I'm quoting you almost exactly ‑‑ effectively issuing a new FM
licence in the market.
10701 And, of course, I can
understand your argument from that, you're changing from a low power to a high
power. But on the other side, it's
been our experience ‑‑ I'll speak only for myself ‑‑ it's been my
experience analyzing religious‑based radio stations that they have little impact
on the serious, big commercial players.
They seem to have their own advertisers. You know, they may pick up the odd local
Ford dealer or something like that if he goes to their church or something, but
they won't pick it up in the sense that they'll take it from a Rogers station or
a CHUM station, or something.
They'll get a little extra.
10702 So, I just wonder. I mean, isn't that just a little bit of
an over statement when we look at the kind of history of religious radio
broadcasting across this country?
10703 MR. ARNISH: Well, I'm only familiar personally with
what is going on in the Lethbridge market, I can't certainly comment on other
markets where there's other radio stations that have a religious format because
we're not licensed in those markets.
10704 I would say, you know,
the Lethbridge market for many, many, many years ‑‑ and it goes way beyond
the last probably eight or nine years ‑‑ has been a turbulent market. I know that the previous owners of the
stations that we purchased back in 2000, the Commission was very kind in
granting us the approval to take over those stations, had a very tough time in
that marketplace.
10705 The Lethbrige market,
is my understanding ‑‑ and I'd like to have Rob Bye talk about the
economics of the marketplace ‑‑ is certainly a market that is not as
buoyant as some of the applicants have stated here at this hearing
today.
10706 And in the Lethbridge
market there's not the oil and gas revenues and resources that there are in
other markets in the Province of Alberta, it's a market that's made up of
canola, potatoes, sugar beets, cattle, wheat, things like that, Tabor corn, for
example, and that's the real basis of the economy of Lethbridge. And I'd like to ask Rob just to
elaborate on that a little bit more.
10707 MR. BYE: Well, as we've heard a lot about the
local economy and the size of the trading area in these proceedings and
population increases and so on, but some of the real world experiences in the
market that perhaps I could share with you.
10708 I mean, I've been in
broadcasting for 29 years and in the Lethbridge market now for about three and a
half, and certainly when I got there the stations were really struggling and
we're starting to get to a better position financially, but it is a very tough
market and certainly having, you know, big economic challenges in the last
couple of years.
10709 The whole mad cow, BSE
crisis of 2003 was a major setback in our area. Within our listening area in Lethbridge
County, approximately 75 per cent of the cattle ‑‑ they call it feed lawn
alley ‑‑ are fattened for slaughter in that area and, of course, when the
whole mad cow crisis happened and the borders closed, it was
devastating.
10710 As a matter of fact,
the County of Lethbridge declared an economic disaster area and we're really
just starting to see activity resume as the border gets back open. 2004 was a very tough year economically,
especially in those smaller towns like Picture Butte for example and in Fort
Mcleod, they're so dependent on the whole cattle industry.
10711 So, things are getting
a little bit better, there is growth in the city and increasing economic
diversity, and those are all very good things, but it's slow
growth.
10712 MR. ARNISH: And I would just ‑‑ Mr. Langford,
to just answer your question directly on Mr. Hildebrand's application in front
of you, he's proposed in the first year approximately $250,000 in revenue and
he's been in the business a long time, it's a well run company and we certainly
see the potential for, you know, good growth with his station if you grant him a
licence to take over Spirit Broadcasting, and at the end of the day that
certainly has the potential to impact ourselves and others in the
marketplace.
10713 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, I'll get to the
size of the market in a minute, but I'm looking at statistics here which are
confidential and I'm trying to characterize them ‑‑ trying to find a way to
characterize them in my own mind ‑‑ it's a small market and, obviously, you
don't want me here blasting out your revenue expenses and
PBITs.
10714 But I don't feel like
you need a tag sale here. I mean,
it doesn't look so bad and it looks like things have been chugging right along
despite mad cow and all that stuff, things from 2001 up to 2005 looking like
things are heading in the right direction.
I think that would be a fair characterization.
10715 And I wonder when you
talk about a market of 77,000 whether it isn't considerably bigger than
that.
10716 But before we get to
that question, I want to specifically ask you what your response was last week
to the notion of licensing yourself and perhaps some other people in Calgary,
because it's my recollection that you found the application of Touch ‑‑ a
gospel religious station very much like, at least fishing from the same pool as
Mr. Hildebrand will be should he be successful ‑‑ as
irrelevant.
10717 Now, I know Calgary
isn't Lethbridge, but I think you basically characterized it as irrelevant, as
did all the other players. And I
just wonder why it's irrelevant in Calgary despite the size and not here, and I
wonder whether maybe you just aren't crying wolf a little too loudly, just to
put it bluntly.
10718 MR. ARNISH: No, I don't think so. I think it's important if we're dealing
with the application by Golden West to take over the assets of Spirit
Broadcasting, I think that's in the best intersts of the public airways in the
Lethbridge market and we certainly have supported them in this
process.
10719 We think that that's
very good for the public interest.
10720 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: My question is, how big a
hunk of that market are they going to take, how big ‑‑ how much of your
lunch are they going to eat?
10721 I mean, you've got a
pretty big lunch here, I'm looking at it, it's a pretty good size
lunch.
10722 MR. ARNISH: Well, I've got to commend Mr. Bye, thank
you, I've got to commend Mr. Bye for doing a really good
job ‑‑
10723 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: He's done a really good
job.
10724 MR. ARNISH: ‑‑ in
the three and a half years that he's been there. There's no doubt about
it.
10725 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: One of your stations
maybe could use a little juicing up, but...
10726 MR. ARNISH: Yeah, there's the
guy.
10727 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: But you know how to juice
up stations.
10728 MR. ARNISH: Yeah.
10729 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You're good at what you
do. You shouldn't
be ‑‑
10730 MR. ARNISH: That's true.
10731 COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:
‑‑ afraid of a little competition.
10732 The market is
77,000. How big is it in
reality? If you have a reasonable
station like, let's take your station ‑‑ your country station, it's not the
one out of Tabor, it's right out of Lethbridge, how many people really can hear
that?
10733 MR. ARNISH: Well, I'll have Mr. Bye respond to
that. Rob.
10734 MR. BYE: Well, Lethbridge as we know and we've
heard is a population of just over 77,000 ‑‑ 77,200 and in our immediate
area, towns and communities that are within about a 30 or a 40‑minute drive,
that number is probably closer to about a hundred thousand
people.
10735 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: If you put in Tabor and
all those other places, you can only crank it up to a hundred
thousand?
10736 MR. BYE: A hundred thousand, or perhaps a little
bit higher than that. But Tabor is
a pretty small town, it's about 8,000.
10737 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I'm just trying to give
you a sense of where I draw the circle, say.
10738 If the ‑‑ oh man,
I don't remember geography any more.
It's not the diameter, that's the whole thing. What's half a diameter,
com'on?
10739 MR. ARNISH: Hmmm?
10740 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: In a
circle.
10741 SPEAKER: Radius.
10742 MR. ARNISH: Radius.
10743 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Radius. Thank you. Gosh, I was giving that Holly woman a
hard time because she couldn't remember Ash Wednesday, but I'm a little older
than you are.
10744 The radius, if we
say ‑‑ if we put the centre of our compass into Lethbridge and the other
point with the pencil on it, the radius out around just the other side of Tabor
and draw a circle, how many people do you think would be listening in that
circle?
10745 MR. BYE: That's probably about a hundred
thousand.
10746 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That's the best you can
do, so...
10747 MR. BYE: But if talk about ‑‑ if we talk
about how far the signal goes and that kind of thing, I mean, of course, there
are no ‑‑ you know, there's no mountains in the way until you get to the
Rockies kind of a thing where the signal goes, and BBM provides an Alberta south
special geography and the population of it 12 plus is I believe about 130 or
140,000 people.
10748 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, we're getting up
there.
10749 So, we've got 140,000
people right who right now have four stations and Mr. Hildebrand's going to
bring them religion, that's a good thing, if he's lucky and we accept
it.
10750 So, you've got four
stations and a little religion, 140,000 people. Don't you think the consumers should get
a voice here? They'd like another
station.
10751 MR. ARNISH: I'm always for competition, without
question. I think healthy
competition is very important to our industry as a
whole.
10752 I guess my concern is
when you look at all markets, and you certainly have heard me say this before,
that if you license a particular applicant, there's nothing guaranteed at the
end of the day, if it's a populaced format, taking it outside the religious
format especially, that at the end of the day they'll sign on with that
particular format the year after the decision's made or six months after the
decision is made.
10753 But we are up to
competition, we're worthy competitors, like the Rogers stations are in our
marketplace and as Mr. Hildebrand or others would be in other markets that were
licensed in as well.
10754 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, we might just test
that theory.
10755 I think though ‑‑
I mean, we've heard the fear of format changes before, but you're pretty nimble
folks, I mean ‑‑ and I don't find in my limited experience, I haven't known
for nearly the amount of years you folks have but I have a little bit now, I
don't find, oh Rogers tried to pull a quick one down in Calgary there once,
right here in Calgary once I think the last time around, but they saw the light
and went back to their roots.
10756 Generally I don't find
that people choose format where the competition is just going to be
overwhelming. The chances, I would
think, of us licensing, for example Newcap, and them coming in and switching
their format to country, I don't think that's going to happen, but that's just
my guess.
10757 Anyway, I'm glad you
like competition and we do too and I'm glad you think consumers should get as
much as they can, because we do too.
10758 And those are my
questions.
10759 Thank you, Mr.
Chair.
10760 THE CHAIRPERSON: Commissioner
Williams.
10761 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Mr. Arnish, when your sales people go out to talk
about the reach of your radio stations, what market size do they
use?
10762 Do they use the 77,000
in this intervention, or do they use ‑‑
10763 MR. ARNISH: No, they wouldn't, and I'll get Mr. Bye
to respond to this, but no, in answer to your question, they
don't.
10764 I think it also depends
on the client that you're dealing with as well. There may be specific clients there just
for the central area.
10765 We certainly sell, as
you know, through BBM, all of us in this industry, we sell on numbers when it
comes to national and regional and local advertising with central area
numbers.
10766 There certainly would
be clients that would be interested in our full coverage area as well for our
various radio stations or our competitors in the marketplace as
well.
10767
Rob?
10768 MR. BYE: Pardon me. Rick, I think you've summarized that
very well. It really comes down to
the client.
10769 Certainly if it's a
national or regional client, they're just interested in the BBM numbers of
Lethbridge central and that number is less than 77,000 when we get into the two
off plus population that BBM considers to be our central
area.
10770 So, again, I think Rick
answered that pretty well. It
depends on the client.
10771 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: What would the largest
number that you would use then? Who
do you guys reach? If I'm trying to
decide to buy advertising from you, what would be the largest number you would
tell a perspective client?
10772 MR. BYE: We would use that number in Alberta
south special geography that BBM provides and that's about
140,000.
10773 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay. Thank you very
much.
10774 THE CHAIRPERSON: Mr. Arnish, I think we need your help
here on a couple of things.
10775 The first one is, you
have a station in Lethbridge and the other one in Tabor, or are both stations in
Lethbridge?
10776 MR. ARNISH: Mr. Chair, both stations are in
Lethbridge, one is licensed for Lethbridge, the other is licensed as
Tabor/Lethbridge, but both stations are domiciled in Lethbridge, have been for
years.
10777 THE CHAIRPERSON: Are the transmitters on the same
location for the two stations?
10778 MR. ARNISH: No, they're not,
sir.
10779 THE CHAIRPERSON: They're not.
10780 MR. ARNISH: No.
10781 THE CHAIRPERSON: So, one is closer to Tabor, the other
one is originally in ‑‑
10782 MR. ARNISH: In Lethbridge.
10783 THE CHAIRPERSON:
‑‑ in Lethbridge?
10784 MR. ARNISH: That's correct.
10785 THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay. Well, there was some confusion among
ourselves here regarding the location of the stations, obviously, because even
on your website you are identifying your two stations as being
Lethbridge.
10786 MR. ARNISH: If I can respond to that, they've always
been marketed that way. It's
marketed in BBM that way, the market looks upon it that
way.
10787 You've heard the
applicants here at this hearing talk about our stations being in Lethbridge
along with the Rogers stations as well.
10788 And, as I stated
earlier, that was there before we acquired the stations as well. They've been there for quite a number of
years.
10789 THE CHAIRPERSON: Except that it was an AM station that
was flipped to FM at some point in time.
10790 MR. ARNISH: That's correct. That goes back before our time, before
we owned the licences ‑‑
10791 THE CHAIRPERSON: Oh, I see.
10792 MR. ARNISH: ‑‑
for the stations.
10793 THE CHAIRPERSON: The conversion took place before you
bought that?
10794 MR. ARNISH: Yes, that's correct, Mr.
Chair.
10795 THE CHAIRPERSON: Fine. You heard Vista's presentation regarding
your Classic ‑‑ the B‑93 and they surely came out with some data and a
monitoring of the stations.
10796 Only for us to make a
decision based on real facts rather than assumptions, do you have any comments
to make on Vista's intervention?
10797 MR. BYE: Well, I would agree that Vista's recent
monitoring of the market is pretty much bang on.
10798 In terms of B‑93, we
were a Classic Hits station and we are no longer a Classic Hits station, we are
Top 40 leaning Hot AC radio station, and their monitor is certainly
accurate. I don't have any dispute
with that.
10799 THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay. That's enough for the
record.
10800 So, Mr. Arnish, your
team, thank you very much.
10801 MR. ARNISH: Thank you.
10802 THE CHAIRPERSON: We will move to the next phase and I am
asking the Secretary to introduce Phase 4.
10803 THE SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr.
Chairman.
10804 I would now
call ‑‑ and Phase 4, of course, is where applicants can reply to all
interventions submitted on their application and they will be appearing in
reverse order.
10805 So, I would now call
Touch Canada Broadcasting to come forward.
10806 Mr. Hunsperger, you
have 10 minutes for your presentation.
REPLY / RÉPLIQUE
10807 MR. HUNSPERGER: Thank you.
10808 First of all, we're
sorry that Janelle Reinhart could not be a part of bringing her intervention on
our behalf, but because of medical reasons she was not able to be here and her
husband was going to come in her stead, but his father ended up in the hospital
and he had to help with the family business, so we're very sorry about that, but
we're thankful that they were willing to put in a postive intervention for
us.
10809 Mr. Chairman, members
of the CRTC and Commission staff, we want to thank you for the opportunity of
coming before you and presenting our application for the Lethbridge
market.
10810 We believe we bring to
Lethbridge a station that will service the gospel music listener. Our specialty is gospel music
programming and that is all that we do.
10811 We've had 12 years in
programming this genre and we believe that our experience tells us a Shine‑FM in
Lethbridge will be successful, even with Golden West in the same
market.
10812 A couple of examples
that are being serviced with more than one gospel station are Edmonton, Moncton,
New Brunswick, Peterborough, Ontario.
10813 And may I dare dream
for a moment, if the Commission denies Golden West the power increase
effectively breaking their condition of sale, we would be prepared to submit an
offer to purchase the low power station and operate it as a southern gospel
music station along with our contemporary gospel Shine‑FM station in
Lethbridge.
10814 We are committed to the
Canadian content of 15 per cent for the station, which is going to be our
first. We are committed to CTD for
the amount of $56,000 for the area of gospel music, and we are committed to
doing a better job presenting to you what we do in future
applications.
10815 THE CHAIRPERSON: Mr. Hunsperger, I don't want to
interrupt you, but my question to you, is it a reply to an intervention? And I don't think it is a reply to an
intervention.
10816 Could you focus on
replying to the interventions that have been made regarding your
application. I know that the
Pattison application ‑‑ intervention and the Golden West
intervention ‑‑ I apologize for using the word ‑‑ were interventions
regarding your application and maybe there were comments made by other
applicants during the day that were focusing on the specifics of your
application, and we are at the phase of the reply, not at the phase of
announcing the proposal.
10817 MR. HUNSPERGER: Okay. I apologize, Mr.
Chair.
10818 What I can say is that
we do not believe that we will hurt any existing radio station that's in the
market, nor any of the new applicants that have spoken.
10819 We believe, as we have
said before, that we bring 65 per cent of new advertisers to the market and we
believe that according to our revenue of our first year, that's about $208,000,
so we believe that we will not harm any station that's already in the market nor
any new station that would come.
10820 Thank you for your
patience.
10821 And thank you too, I
want to thank my team, as this is the first that they appeared before the
Commission, and we'll do a better job next time.
10822 Thank
you.
10823 THE CHAIRPERSON: Commissioner
Langford.
10824 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Just on a new point that
you brought up in this final stage.
10825 You indicated that
should Mr. Hildebrand not be successful, that you would be willing to put in an
offer for the low power station Spirit.
10826 When he was speaking to
us earlier, the present owner ‑‑ the present licensee of Spirit indicated
that he had had some other offers, perhaps before or simultaneously to the offer
he received from Mr. Hildebrand.
10827 Were you one of the
people who put an offer in, was it your group?
10828 MR. HUNSPERGER: Yes, sir. I flew out to Vancouver Island and spent
a day with Mr. Flemming offering him to purchase the station and at which time
we found out that he was already in a contract with Golden
West.
10829 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you very much. That's my
question.
10830 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr.
Hunsperger.
10831 MR. HUNSPERGER: Thank you.
10832 THE CHAIRPERSON: Mrs. Secretary.
10833 THE SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr.
Chairman.
10834 I would now call on
company 1182743 Alberta Limited to respond to all the interventions that were
filed to their application.
10835 Mr. Larsen, you have 10
minutes for your presentation.
REPLY / RÉPLIQUE
10836 MR. LARSEN: Good afternoon once again, Mr. Chair,
Commissioners.
10837 For the record, my name
is Paul Larsen. On behalf of
1182743 Alberta Limited I'm pleased to respond to the interventions relating to
our application, specifically the opposing interventions filed by Golden West
Broadcasting, the Jim Pattison Broadcast Group, CKXU‑FM and in Phase 2 Vista,
and I will also touch just briefly on the positive written interventions filed
in support of our application.
10838 We did respond in
writing to CKXU‑FM, to Golden West and the Pattison intervention, so I will, therefore, be
brief.
10839 We believe that we
clearly stated our position on each of those in our written replies, but I do
just want to touch on a couple of points, if I
may.
10840 First, for the record,
1182743 Alberta Limited neither supports nor opposes the Golden West
applications. We do not view these
applications as material changes within the Lethbridge
market.
10841 In their January 11th,
2006 written intervention Golden West implied that longevity of our proposed
LOUNGE format is unlikely and they suggest that we would change our format some
time during the first year of operation.
10842 We have presented a
very strong application for a format that we are confident in, both from an
audience and revenue perspective, and just to reiterate for the record, we
expect a very successful launch if we are the fortunate licensee and would have
no intention of altering our format once the LOUNGE is on the
air.
10843 We've made a serious
commitment to the Commission through this hearing and the application process
and we intend to keep our word and our integrity with the CRTC because we will
before you again in the future with other
applications.
10844 Briefly, turning to the
Pattison intervention presented both in writing on January 24, 2006 and
reiterated today in Phase 3 of the hearing, Jim Pattison Broadcast Group
supports the Golden West applications for ownership transfer of CJTS‑FM Spirit
as well as the increase in power to 20,000 watts, while opposing the other
applications for new radio service in Lethbridge.
10845 The Pattison
intervention is based on the premise that approval of the Golden West
applications regarding Spirit‑FM will result in a new radio station for
Lethbridge, and we disagree with this position.
10846 In fact, Golden West
itself is not even making this claim, Golden West's position in its January
11th, 2006 intervention was, and I quote directly from their
letter:
"The application by Golden West is straight
forward and, if approved, will not change the broadcast balance in
Lethbridge. We are purchasing an
existing radio station and committing to maintain the format and, thus, maintain
the radio diversity in Lethbridge."
(As read)
10847 Pattison made a claim
similar to those made by Golden West suggesting that our format will result in
significant challenges with revenue projections and that we would inevitably
change format and, again, these comments are unfounded and we are very confident
in our ability to super serve the 45 plus audiences and the businesses that
cater to them.
10848 I'm hopeful that I can
read my scribbled notes in response to the Vista intervention that was presented
in the last phase.
10849 As Commissioner
Williams pointed out, Commission staff have supplied you with reliable and
accurate population data. The 2001
Federal census by our math indicated that 37 per cent of the Lethbridge
population is 45 plus, totalling a little over 25,000
people.
10850 Again, that's the 2001
Federal census for the City of Lethbridge.
We believe that number to be accurate and we would suggest that we're
open to being corrected if our math is incorrect.
10851 The information we
presented regarding the comparison between the 1996 and 2001 Federal census
simply stated that the Lethbridge population of adults 45 plus should increase
17.4 per cent between 1996 and 2001 years, while the population between 0 and 44
had grown only 1.4 per cent during the same period.
10852 And, again, I suggest
that I'm confident that our math is correct and we would submit that those
statistics are accurate based on City of Lethbridge
data.
10853 As for the Parksville
comments, I'll just reiterate again that I believe they're irrelevant to this
proceeding.
10854 If you'll indulge me
for a moment, what we did in Parksville was take a repeater station that was
licensed as a full‑blown radio station with the permission of the CRTC to sell
localized inserted commercials and, instead of doing that, converted that radio
station to a second service in Parksville, one specifically catering to an under
served market of 50 plus and we believe, therefore, improving service to the
deserving population of Parksville/Qualicum.
10855 And, regardless of how
large that community is, it's in a very, very robust area of central Vancouver
Island and it's been well received and we're proud of what we've done for the
citizens there.
10856 And I don't want to say
too much more about Parksville because, again, we're talking about Lethbridge,
so...
10857 Just because Wal‑Mart
started in rural Arkansas, and I believe that is correct, does that mean that
their business plan was irrelevant and wouldn't make it anywhere else? We would suggest
not.
10858 As to our format being
the only in the country, Evanov, who is a well‑respected broadcaster in the east
who I've only recently become aware of, in all honesty, operates a similarly
formatted radio station, I believe the market is Newmarket, I believe that's
correct, it's outside of Toronto.
10859 The Commission recently
granted Evanov a licence to operate a 45 plus targeted radio station very
similar to ours in Ottawa, and to my knowledge that station has just signed on
and the 45 and up group in Ottawa will have a distinct radio station targeting
them. So, we applaud
Evanov.
10860 And I just wanted to be
clear of our intent. The Vista
intervention highlights what we said in our closing
statement.
"Marketers have not made an effort to be
relevant to the 50 plus consumers and media outlets are missing the boat." (As read)
10861 And we simply and
honestly want to bring a radio station to serve that under served adult
demographic.
10862 In regards to the CKXU
intervention, I would simply like to restate on the record our belief in the
vital and important role that campus and community radio stations play in the
Canadian broadcasting system.
10863 I applaud Mr. Bryan
Heinrich, CKXU's station manager who's been here in the audience all day today
to hear the Lethbridge application, taking notes, and if we are licensed, I
would reiterate that we look forward to fostering a proactive and cooperative
relationship with CKXU, and I spoke to him personally on that
regard.
10864 I would like to thank
quickly on the record those who submitted positive written interventions on
behalf of our application from many community organizations, Canadian artists,
business groups, colleagues and, most importantly, the citizens of
Lethbridge.
10865 In closing, despite
opposing interventions, we believe the Lethbridge market can sustain a new FM
radio service targeted to the under served 45 plus demographic, one which is
currently tuning in outside of the market to find their music and
news.
10866 This audience deserves
a local Lethbridge radio station and our application offers the only opportunity
for such a service targeting specifically the 45 and older
population.
10867 I would like to
personally say thank you for the opportunity to respond to the interventions,
and thank the Commission staff who have been most helpful prior to the hearing
and this week in the examination room, particularly Madam Secretary Boulet who
answered many questions leading up to our appearance here this week and during
our presentation this week.
10868 I thank you,
Vice‑Chairman Arpin, Commissioners Williams, del Val, Duncan and
Langford.
10869 It's been a very
rewarding experience and, on behalf of our group, we wish you a safe journey
home.
10870 Thank you very
much.
10871 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you, Mr.
Larsen.
10872 Mrs.
Secretary.
10873 THE SECRETARY: Mr. Chairman, I would now call on Newcap
Inc. to present their reply to the interventions filed in support or against
their application.
10874 Gentlemen, you have 10
minutes for your presentation.
REPLY /
RÉPLIQUE
10875 MR. MATHEU: Thank you, Madam
Secretary.
10876 Good afternoon, Mr.
Chair, members of the Commission.
Just for the record, Mark Maheu for Newcap Radio and Bob Steele, the CEO
of Newcap.
10877 I would like to take
maybe two very brief minutes to reply to the interventions that we received and
that we have heard.
10878 First of all, dealing
very briefly with the Golden West intervention against our application for a new
FM radio station in Lethbridge, we replied in writing in very straight forward
terms to the Golden West intervention, but knowing full well that we would be
here today, I just wanted to add that the radio station that we are proposing in
Lethbridge was characterized in the Golden West application as basically being a
duplication of other service and really I think the quote was, didn't offer a
whole lot and was very similar to what was happening in
Lethbridge.
10879 And that really is not
the case and our research for the CHR format that we are proposing bears that
out, that it is something new and it is something that is wanted by people in
Lethbridge and there's a significant market for it, and we do feel it will
definitely add diversity to the marketplace.
10880 Moving on to the
Pattison Group comments in their intervention moments ago, echoing a lot of what
they said in their written intervention, it's really a tale of two different
views I think of what you've heard today.
10881 On the one hand you've
heard from the Pattison Group in their intervention that things maybe aren't as
good or as rosy in Lethbridge ‑‑ in the greater Lethbridge area as we were
all led to believe, and on the other hand we have all the financial data from FP
markets, Alberta First and a number of other organizations that paint a very
rosy picture of Lethbridge's current economic situation and what it's going to
look like over the next five years.
10882 You know, over
$3‑billion in construction is scheduled for the greater Lethbridge area over the
next three years alone. The
economic activity is going to hit $2.4‑billion by 2011.
10883 So, in terms of the
marketplace's ability to absorb new entrants, we still maintain in spite of what
was mentioned earlier today by the Pattison Group that the market is capable of
absorbing new services.
10884 Also mentioned in the
Pattison intervention today was the fact that they didn't know of another
marketplace in Canada the size of Lethbridge that had more than four radio
stations, and when pressed by questions, the Pattison Group did admit that the
actual BBM trading area for the radio stations is really in that 130 to 140,000
person range, which is a significant population that all of the radio stations
in Lethbridge reach.
10885 And if you look at
other markets across Canada of a similar size it's a very different
picture.
10886 For instance, in
Belleville, Ontario a population ‑‑ you know, Belleville/Quinte which if
you extend it out is about 92,000 people, six radio stations. Peterborough, Ontario, 109,000 people,
six radion stations. Kelowna, five
radio stations, 167,000 people.
Kamloops, 92,000 people, five stations.
10887 And here we have
Lethbridge with four plus a low power at this point religious broacaster
FM.
10888 So, we do believe,
based on what we've discovered in the market and the investigations we've done,
that there certainly is room for additional service in the Lethbridge market, in
spite of the interventions that were received.
10889 Very briefly, if we can
respond to the intervention made by Vista relating to the Newcap application and
specifically their comments on what is happening in the marketplace
now.
10890 There seems to be a
misunderstanding, or there is a difference of opinion, let's put it that way, on
what exactly is going on in the market.
10891 Is the radio station
there now Classic Hits or is it not Classic Hits; is it Hot AC; is it Top
40?
10892 According to what Vista
said a few minutes ago in their intervention, their research by Banister
indicated that there was high demand and low availability for a Classic Hits
radio station. I believe those were
the words that they used.
10893 Our research conducted
around the same time by Kassof indicated that there was high demand for Classic
Hits but high availability, and this was the reason ‑‑ the main reason that
we decided to look elsewhere for a format opportunity, because in the radio
business, in a rated market, we're in the business of unaided
recall.
10894 If people can't
remember who you are or what you do, they can't write it down in a diary and if
they don't write it down in a diary, it never happened and doesn't show up in
the ratings.
10895 So, that's why radio
stations get very good at marketing and they get very good and become very smart
about programming, and they're in the business of unaided
recall.
10896 And when we do
research, every radio station does it ‑‑ especially in the new application
process ‑‑ what you're finding out in research is not necessarily what's
really going on in a marketplace.
10897 What you're doing is
you're researching what people believe is going on, because it's the old market
axiom that it's not what you do to the product, it's what you do in the mind of
the prospect.
10898 And that's what
research uncovers, it uncovers people's perceptions, what they believe is
available in the market.
10899 And, according to our
research, the market does not believe that there is a need for a Classic Hits
radio station, those needs are well served: high demand but high
availability.
10900 By the same token, with
CHR, there is good demand for the format but low perceived availability. So, regardless of what's being played in
the market, listeners in the age group don't believe that there's a credible
choice available, therefore, they're not going to listen.
10901 So, that's what I
really wanted to talk about in response to the Vista intervention, and that we
do believe when we do our homework and we do our research that there is room for
another service in the marketplace and that service should be CHR because it is
not perceived by listeners to be available and Classic Hits
is.
10902 And that pretty much
wraps up our response to interventions.
10903 And on behalf of Rob
Steele and all of us at Newcap, I wanted to say thank you very much for your
patience, your questioning and your time and it was our pleasure to be here this
week and...
10904 THE CHAIRPERSON: Commissioner
Langford.
10905 MR. MATHEU: Sure.
10906 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Sorry, I don't usually
try to ask questions at this stage, but you've raised an interesting concept,
the notion of perception versus reality.
10907 So, let me assume for a
second this scenario: people
perceive that some format is missing, even though it's available, it may be some
of it in this station, some of it in that station, mixed up a bit crossing
things, but there's still a lot of music from that format
available.
10908 Wouldn't it still be
possible then for someone to come in and properly market that format, properly
brand their station?
10909 So, even though there
was a lot of it available, a person could come in and scoop the audience that
wants it simply by properly marketing themselves as that format
provider?
10910 MR. MATHEU: You're quite correct, Commissioner
Langford, and a lot of that happens in radio every day, where it is a marketing
battle, it's a battle for hearts and minds, and how you position yourself,
combined with how credible that position is in the mind of listeners ‑‑ and
that's based on how good the product is or how close the product matches what
you say you are and the hole you're filling ‑‑ it is possible that holes
can be filled and changed.
10911 What tends to happen
though is with a lot of radio stations ‑‑ and there's a bunch of reasons
for it, sometimes they hang on in formats that are waning and they hang on too
long because the profitability of that format may still be fairly good but
listenership is dropping off and by the time the financial reality hits home
it's too late and it takes a long time to rebuild.
10912 And sometimes radio
stations make a mistake by trying to rebuild without changing their name or
changing their identity.
10913 It would be like, you
know, Coca‑Cola creating a new brand but they don't call it something new, so
how do we know that it's not Coke, because that's what's on the label and I know
what Coke tastes like.
10914 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Yeah, that's instructive,
in a sense, for existing stations, but I'm ‑‑ what puzzles me a little bit
about your sort of high demand but the sense of whether the demand is there, if
you base your format choice on perception rather than reality, then it wouldn't
take another operator long to realize that he was providing the product, he may
not be perceived to be but he was, and between the time when you get your
licence and you get launched ‑‑ which doesn't happen instantly ‑‑ this
wouldn't be a format change, but he would learn how to market his thing and all
of a sudden you'd find yourself in a position where the perception had
changed.
10915 So, why would you ever
take a chance on perception in a market where you can actually find formats that
aren't there at all? Why would you
ever take a chance on perception?
10916 The risk seems to me to
be very high.
10917 MR. MATHEU: Well, it's the same risk encumbent
broadcasters take when they decide to change a format, where they have a
decision to make.
10918 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Yes, sorry, to interrupt,
I know you dislike it, but you sort of gave me that pattern
already.
10919 But what I want to
know, if you're going to walk in there cold ‑‑
10920 MR. MATHEU: Mm‑hmm.
10921 COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:
‑‑ and you're going to spend a whole lot of money on a perception when
there's actually places you could spend your money on a reality, so why would
you take a chance on a perception?
10922 MR. MATHEU: Well, we don't see it as ‑‑ we
don't see it as a chance because we've done this in a number of situations with
a great deal of success because we know what people believe to be true is how
they behave. Their behaviours are
governed by what they believe to be true.
And if they don't believe that that radio station is doing what they say
they're doing, they won't listen to it and the ratings almost always bear that
out.
10923 But what I can tell you
about our proposal for Lethbridge is, regardless of what changes take place in
the market, we know that we can go in with a solid programming product that is
focused on the needs and wants of listeners in Lethbridge and we will create a
brand identity and have an energized approach to it that will culminate in an
audience.
10924 And as was mentioned
earlier by another applicant, all we have is our integrity with the
Commission. So, when we sit before
you and say we're going to do this, we have to follow through, and we intend to
follow through because there are going to be other times where we're going to be
in front of you and the last thing I want is you pointing your finger at us
saying, you know, you said you were going to do and you didn't. So, we will...
10925 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: My question was not in
any way related to the integrity of either of the gentlemen in front of me or
you guys do what you say you'll do, you run a good radio station, it was just on
the notion of targeting perception rather than
reality.
10926 So, you've answered the
question and I'm grateful, but you don't have to in any way cover your tracks on
integrity.
10927 I have no
questions.
10928 MR. MATHEU: Didn't take it that way. Sorry, to give you that
impression.
10929 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much, Mr. Maheu, Mr.
Steele.
10930 Mrs.
Secretary.
10931 THE SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr.
Chair.
10932 I would now call on
Vista Radio Limited.
10933 Ms Micallef, you have
10 minutes for your presentation.
REPLY / RÉPLIQUE
10934 MS MICALLEF: Thank you. It will be very
brief.
10935 There were three
interventions filed against us. We
believe that we have dealt with the concern that was raised by CIRPA, so we
won't be addressing that any further.
10936 With respect to the
intervention filed against us by the Pattison Group, we are not going to repeat
everything that everyone else has said, given that their intervention applied to
the Newcap and the Larsen/Norscott application as
well.
10937 What we do want to
address is just two points. One is
that the Pattison Group intervention talks about population and we've had quite
a discussion about what is the size of the market that we're
addressing.
10938 In fact, it's not
really population that's relevant, it's market conditions and we believe that a
lot of information has been put on the record about the size of the Lethbridge
market.
10939 And again we'll say it,
it's $1.4‑billion, so that's a big market.
10940 The other thing that
we'd like to respond to is the reference to the Lethbridge market as being a
market of corn and agriculture.
10941 And what we'd like to
do is quote from the Mayor of Lethbridge, who Mr. Arnish also quoted from, and
in a January 6th, 2006 press release issued by the City of Lethbridge, the Mayor
of Lethbridge, Mayor Tarleck, in referring to the value of the permits that had
been issued in respect of buildings over the last year, he
said:
"Measuring the dollar volume of these permits
is an indicator of the City's success in attracting its share of the economic
boom experienced by the province as a whole." (As read)
10942 So, I don't think that
he thinks that his market is restricted to just corn and
agriculture.
10943 The last thing we want
to do is address the intervention filed by Golden West and Mr. Yerxa will
respond to that.
10944 MR. YERXA: Commissioner, Commission staff, very
quickly, just dealing with the item in the Golden West letter to Vista that
Vista was proposing a format already in the market and we have beat this one to
death this entire hearing.
10945 But I need to offer
this point of clarification and, once again, state that in both pieces of
research that were submitted, both our research and Newcap's research, we showed
for the format high popularity and low availability as perceived by the
population, both pieces of research showed the same
result.
10946 And the bottom line
being that what people believe to be true is how they behave, not what Vista may
believe in interpreting its results or what any other broadcaster may believe,
and that is where the hole in the market exists and that is what the market will
flock to if provided with that option.
10947 THE CHAIRPERSON: Does this complete your
reply?
10948 MS MICALLEF: Yes, it does, and we'd like to thank you
very much for allowing us today to be here in front of
you.
10949 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much, Mrs. Micallef, Mr.
Mann and Mr. Yerxa.
10950 Mrs.
Secretary.
10951 THE SECRETARY: I would now call on Golden West
Broadcasting to come forward.
REPLY / RÉPLIQUE
10952 MR. HILDEBRAND: Thank you, once again, Mr. Chair,
Commission staff, looks like this is the end of the trail and I'll be very
brief.
10953 The only item that we
have to comment on as far as the interventions is this letter that was raised
this morning, which I now have a copy of, and maybe the reason that it didn't
find its way to my website is the address of the person sending it is my other
house at hotmail.com, so I'm not sure where he's sending it
from.
10954 But, in any case, we
really have no comment on the items that he's raised in the letter. I don't really know what he's talking
about and, so, that's all we have to say.
10955 Thank
you.
10956 THE CHAIRPERSON: Yes, Commissioner
Langford.
10957 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So, you're saying that
piece of paper doesn't pass the smell test?
‑‑‑ Laughter/Rire
10958 MR. HILDEBRAND: I don't think so,
no.
10959 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I have a question for
you, though.
10960 I would like you to
respond to the Pattison intervention, though they supported your
application ‑‑ I'm not asking you to stab anybody in the back ‑‑ but I
would like you to respond to the notion ‑‑ because you're a very
experienced broadcaster, I'd like you to respond to the notion that if we
license you, in other words, accept your proposition, we have effectively
licensed a brand new competitor in the field and that your operation should be
looked upon with kind of as having equal impact in the marketplace as a Rogers
application or a CHUM application or a Newcap application.
10961 Could you respond to
that for me, please?
10962 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, I think that would hardly be the
case. As everyone knows, we're a
small operator in markets across the Prairies and I assume where the distinction
is made that it's a new licence is because of the amendment to the existing
licence where we'll have to have a higher power.
10963 But I think the case
that we've made in our written submission as well as our oral submission is that
by approving our applications, the balance in the city doesn't really change,
the number of radio stations will remain the same, we will be able to provide a
better service to the community simply by the nature of our resources and what I
found interesting is that we will add as many news people to our operation and
our format than I heard being proposed by some of the larger
applications.
10964 So, we think that with
the approval of our two applications, the city will be well served and we're
looking forward to doing it.
10965 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And do you further
believe that the population cachment basin in Lethbridge and around it could
absorb the existing four commercial stations, your new and improved Spirit and
one more commercial ‑‑ one more of the applicants we heard here
today?
10966 MR. HILDEBRAND: You know, I think that's a very
difficult question.
10967 One of the things that
we have found over the years is that most of the business that radio stations do
is within probably 15 miles of their studio, so even though there are people
that are listening 40 or 50 or 60 miles away, they're really not part of your
core service area and I think the farther away you get from the studio the less
impact you have.
10968 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You've given me a kind of
rule of thumb, but you haven't answered my question.
10969 Do you think that one
of the other three applicants would bring ruin and destruction upon the market
or could the growing Lethbridge and area market absorb that, yourself ‑‑
your new improved self and one more of the applicants?
10970 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, I mean, I think we have to look at
the size of the companies that are already in the city and ourselves are also
well elstablished, so there's no doubt that things would carry on if somebody
else would be licensed.
10971 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I guess I'm going to put
you down as undecided.
10972 MR. HILDEBRAND: Well, I'm trying to do the best I can
here because I really don't know in real terms ‑‑ I know what we can do, so
I'm comfortable and satisfied that we will not upset the
marketplace.
10973 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you very
much.
10974 Mr. Chairman, those are
my questions.
10975 THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much, Mr.
Hildebrand.
10976 This completes the
Phase 4. The secretary has
something to add.
10977 THE SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr.
Chairman.
10978 I would like to add
that there are a number of non‑appearing applications that are listed on the
agenda of this public hearing. The
interventions that were received on those ‑‑ and some interventions were
received on some of those applications.
The Panel will consider the interventions along with the applications and
decisions will be rendered at a later date.
10979 And this completes the
agenda of this public hearing.
10980 Thank you, Mr.
Chairman.
10981 THE CHAIRPERSON: I declare the hearing over. I will see you with the
decisions.
‑‑‑ Whereupon the hearing concluded at 1845
/
L'audience s'est terminée à
1845
REPORTERS
_____________________
_____________________
Doug Lebel
Lynda Johansson
_____________________
_____________________
Beverley Dillabough Sharon
Millett